/ Ê 1
2027
2008–2017 campus master plan
6 , - / 9 Ê " Ê / Ê 7 - / Ê - ]Ê - / °Ê 1 1 - / Ê Ê Ê UÊ Ê Ê - / 9 Ê 1
ΰÎÊ
**,"6 Ê Ê " **,"6 Ê1-
Ê
**,"6 Ê
>®Ê >ÌÊ vÊ À ÃÊ ÃÊ> Ü>ÞÃÊ À â Ì> ÞÊ À i Ìi`°
ÓÝ
Ý
ÓÝ
/ Ê 1
2027
2008–2017 campus master plan
6 , - / 9 Ê " Ê / Ê 7 - / Ê - ]Ê - / °Ê 1 1 - / Ê Ê Ê UÊ Ê Ê - / 9 Ê 1
ΰÎÊ
**,"6 Ê Ê " **,"6 Ê1-
Ê
**,"6 Ê
>®Ê >ÌÊ vÊ À ÃÊ ÃÊ> Ü>ÞÃÊ À â Ì> ÞÊ À i Ìi`°
ÓÝ
Ý
hanbury evans wright vlattas
ÓÝ
company
executive summary 11
Introduction
13
Process
14
Plan Focus
16
Plan Elements
18
THE Campus Master Plan
20
10 Year illustrative master plan
context 24
GEOGRAPHIC CONTEXT
34
BUILDING USE
25
SOCIAL CONTEXT
35
BUILDING CONDITION
26
HISTORICAL CONTEXT
36
PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION
28
ACADEMIC CONTEXT
38
ROADS
30
EXISTING CONDITIONS
39
PARKING
33
existing bUILDING INVENTORY
40
PERCEPTUAL ANALYSIS
objectives + drivers 44
OBJECTIVES
56
CREATING A STUDENT-CENTERED ENVIRONMENT
46
PROJECTED ENROLMENT GROWTH
57
PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
47
MASTER PLAN PROGRAMME
58
VEHICULAR CONGESTION & PARKING CAPACITY
48
HOUSING EXPANSION
59
Existing TRANSIT
50
LOSS OF OPEN SPACE
60
STORM WATER management
52
LAND USE CAPACITY
62
INFRASTRUCTURE
54
TOWN / GOWN
64
CAMPUS SECURITY
55
AREAS OF FUTURE CONSIDERATION
65
BRANDINg/ Sense of Place
the campus master plan 69
THE ILLUSTRATIVE 20 YEAR MASTER PLAN
78
LIBRARIES
92
PARKING
70
LAND USE
79
OPEN CAMPUS
94
FLOOR AREA RATIO
71
demolition & programme analysis
80
PEDESTRIAN circulation
95
IMPERVIOUS AREA
72
PROGRAMme ACCOMMODATION
82
OPEN SPACE
96
TRANSIT
73
PROGRAMme ALLOCATION
84
LANDsCAPE STRUCTURE
100
SECURITY
75
PROPOSED BUILDING INVENTORY
86
STORM-WATER MANAGEMENT
102
INFRASTRUCTURE
76
STUDENT HOUSING GROWTH
88
WALKWAYs / ROADWAYs
106
utilities
77
sTUDENT LIFE
90
ROADS
107
SEWERAGE
implementation 110
implementation
128
SOUTH DISTRICT
114
Early implementation
132
EAST DISTRICT
116
FIVE YEAR PLAN PHASE ONE
134
UNIVERSITY TOWN
118
10 YEAR PLAN PHASE TWO
136
NORTH DISTRICT
120
20 YEAR PLAN PHASE THREE
140
WEST CAMPUS
122
MASTER PLAN BY DISTRICT
140
MT. HOPE MEDICAL ARTS CAMPUS
124
CENTRAL DISTRICT
141
EAST CAMPUS / ORANGE GROVE CAMPUS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CONTEXT OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
“We… embrace our responsibility, as the regional University, to prepare collaborative and innovative regional responses to the global problems of this new age. We know that the thinking systems of the 20th century will not solve the complex problems of the 21st century. For this reason, our new five-year Strategic Plan is aimed at harnessing the massive brain-
power, research-capacity and innovative potential of the
region’s premier tertiary education and leveraging all of those resources to the service of the region whose people make our very existence and continued success possible.”
From the At 60- The Gala address by Principal Clement Sankat
acknowledgements This, the first Master Plan for The University of the West Indies’ St. Augustine campus, is the result of the contributions and collaborative efforts of many people. The University’s administration, faculty, student body, as well as government and local area representatives, and the consulting team of planning specialists all have had a voice in the planning process. Much of the information was obtained through the UWI Capital Projects Office. We are deeply grateful for their continuous assistance and support in this process.
The CMP Core Management Team: Prof. Clement Sankat Pro-Vice Chancellor and Campus Principal - Chairman Jeremy Callaghan Campus Registrar Kenrick Nobbee Estate Manager Works Department Asad Mohammed Surveying and Land Information Alfred Reid Project Manager, Campus Projects Office Ivan Ramlakhan Project Officer III, Campus Projects Office
The CMP Steering and Monitoring Committee: Prof. Clement Sankat Pro-Vice Chancellor and Campus Principal - Chairman Jeremy Callaghan Campus Registrar Kenrick Nobbee Works Department Asad Mohammed Lecturer - Planning and Development; Human Settlements; Land Administration Alfred Reid Project Manager, Campus Projects Office Ivan Ramlakhan Project Officer III, Campus Projects Office Prof. Rhoda Reddock Deputy Principal Mrs. Lylla Bada Campus Bursar Mrs. Genevieve Vincent Campus Bursar Representative Dr Bhoendradatt Tewarie Pro-Vice-Chancellor - Planning and Development Prof. Samuel Ramsewak Dean, Faculty of Medical Sciences Prof. Funso Aiyejina Dean, Faculty of Humanities and Education Dr Hamid Ghany Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences Prof. Dyer Narinesingh Dean, Faculty of Science and Agriculture Dr. Brian Copeland Dean, Faculty of Engineering Prof. Gyan Shrivastava Head of Dept., Civil Engineering Mr. Ancil Kirk Planner, Trinidad and Tobago Institute of Planners Ms. Sheryl-Anne Haynes Ag Director, Town and Country Planning Division, Ministry of Planning, Housing and the Environment Mr. Hillian Morean President, Students Guild, UWI Dr. Gurmohan Kochhar Deputy Principal
The Planning Team: Hanbury, Evans, Wright, Vlattas + Company - architects and planners Reynald Associates, Ltd. - locally affiliated architects and planners Martin Alexiou Bryson, PLCC - transportation consultants Affiliated Engineers, Inc. - infrastructure consultants Andropogon Associates, Ltd. - landscape architects/ sustainability planners Planning and Stantec Limited - civil engineers Basile Baumann Prost Cole and Associates - financial analysts
summary executive summary
North Campus
Mt. Hope Campus
Central Campus
Research Farm
Orange Grove
University Land Interests
10
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Pedestrian Accommodation
introduction “Dramatic” is a word not often applied to campus planning, but it is entirely suitable in the case of the St. Augustine Campus of The University of the West Indies. Few universities have experienced such intense growth, year after year, for decades. From its inception in 1960 until today, enrolment has multiplied exponentially. The class of 1960 fit easily in one room. Today’s enrolment tops 15,000. Half this growth occurred in the last five years. Enrolment is projected to grow another 50 percent in the next five years. The issues that stem from this growth are challenging. A comprehensive plan of action can help resolve them. This Master Plan for the St. Augustine Campus embodies the University’s intent to bring a guiding vision and strategy to future campus development. The Master Plan provides a framework by which the University of the West Indies (UWI) may achieve its strategic goals and aspirations over the next 20 years. It will serve as a guide to manage enrolment growth and campus expansion, and will help the University in its pursuit of academic and research excellence, and service to its community, host nation, and the West Indies. This Master Plan also addresses implementation of its proposals. Projects are organized into five-, 10-, and 20-year phases, which serve as interim goals and opportunities to reevaluate the Master Plan in light of changing circumstances. The Vision 2020 Strategic Plan, recently adopted by Trinidad and Tobago, and the University’s Strategic Plan 2007-2012, or “STRIDE Plan,” provided the Campus Master Plan stimulus. These documents establish a set of values, priorities, and goals for the University. The Master Plan implements policies outlined in the Vision 2020 Plan and STRIDE Plan as they apply to the physical campus. This Master Plan is to be a “living document.” As such, it will become the foundation for an ongoing process of updates in the coming years. This will enable the University to retain an institutional memory of its original vision, as outlined in this document, while revising plans and strategies to adjust to unforeseen or changing conditions. The primary planning horizon is 10 years, 2008-2019. Five- and 20-year horizons also were reviewed. This plan should be reviewed annually, substantially in 2014, and redone by 2019.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
11
12
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
INVENTORY RECONNASSIANCE and DATA COLLECTION
PROPOSED DATES OF SITE VISIT
May 7,8,9 2008
BASIC SERVICES HEWV - Planners Local Architect Civil Transportation Mech., Elec., & IT Landscapre / Sustainability
June 3,4,5,6 2008
HEWV REYNALD
ANALYSIS CONCEPTS and ALTERNATIVES July 8,9,10 2008
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB
Sep 15,16,17,18 2008
HEWV REYNALD Stantec
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB AEI AA
AEI
OPTIONAL SERVICES Housing Financial Presby. Prop. Feas. Study
Oct 14,15,16 2008
PREFERRED CONCEPT REFINEMENT Nov 18,19,20,21 2008
HEWV REYNALD Stantec
Dec.10,11 2008
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB AEI AA
INTEGRATION and DOCUMENTATION
Jan 16,17,18,19 2009
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB
Mar 24, 25, 26 2009
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB AEI AA
May 5,6,7,8 2009
HEWV REYNALD Stantec
Sept. 15,16,17,18 2009
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB AEI
HEWV REYNALD Stantec MAB
(*) Housing MP (*)
BBPC HEWV
MEETINGS ON SITE Steering Committee Core MP Committee Academics Engineering Science & Agriculture Medical Social Sciences Humanities & Education Student Life / Support Housing Recreation & Athletics Infrastructure Bldg /Grounds / Landsc Information Technologies Transportation / Parking Security Land Aquistion (*) Staff Organizations Student Organizations Student Focus Groups Non-traditional Students Graduate Students On-Campus students Commuter Students Faculty Organizations Government Local Neighborhood Alumni / Outreach
X X X X X X X X X
X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X
X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
ARTS X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X ARTS X X X X X X X X X
X X X
X X X
X X
X
X X X X X
X X
X X X X X
CHARETTE X X X X X X X X X X X X
CHARETTE X X X X
CHARETTE
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
X
X
X X X X
AEI
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
BBPC
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
Androp
AEI
MAB
Stantec
Reynald
HEWV
MAJOR MILESTONES Phase Report Draft Final Report Final Report
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X
X X X X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X
X X
MEETINGS OFF SITE WORKSHOP Oct 28,29 or 30 hewv mab yaki aei
TEAM WORKSHOPS IN TAMPA
WORKSHOP Jan 6, 7, & 8 hewv mab yaki aei
WORKSHOP March 20,21 hewv mab yaki aei
Rev.WkPlan_9_10_09 new colors2.xls Sheet1 9/11/2009
Work Plan and Schedule
• 153 STAKEHOLDER MEETINGS • 11 ON CAMPUS CHARETTES • 15 MONTH PROCESS
process The master planning process began in earnest May 2008, with completion in September 2009. The planning team met with stakeholders from all segments of the University population—administration, faculty, students, alumni, and neighbors. The team also met with local and national government representatives. A total of 153 meetings were held during 11 separate campus visits, including charrettes, interviews, focus groups, community meetings, workshops, and student focus sessions. Additional team planning sessions also were held. The planning team investigated and analyzed the University’s assets, deficiencies, and future needs. These investigations explored a broad range of issues and concerns including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Academic Mission 2. Academic Programmes and Facilities 3. Enrolment Growth and Profile 4. Student Life 5. Residence Life 6. Athletic and Recreational Sports 7. Faculty, Staff, and Student Organizations 8. Alumni 9. Urban Design 10. Land Use, Landscape, and Open Space 11. Academic and Residence Facilities
12. Support Facilities 13. Future Land Acquisition 14. Utilities and Infrastructure 15. Information Technologies 16. Facilities Maintenance 17. Architectural and Landscape Character 18. Development Guidelines and Wayfinding 19. Transportation Access and Parking 20. Security 21. Intergovernmental Coordination 22. Urban Infrastructure
The planning process itself occurred in four phases:
1.
Inventory, Reconnaissance, and Data Collection In this phase, multiple meetings with agencies, ministries, deans, department heads, and constituents established an understanding of existing conditions, assets, problems, desired growth and need for change. A data set was created and published for review and comment, and several areas of information were identified for further development.
2.
Analysis, Concepts, and Alternatives Based on the data and information received, each issue was analyzed, which in turn produced multiple ideas, concepts, and potential directions for growth and change. The planning team worked with various groups to identify a preferred direction and concept.
3.
Preferred Concept Refinement Once identified and agreed upon, the preferred concept was tested and refined to accommodate issues and goals.
4.
Integration and Documentation During this phase the plan concepts are integrated with the natural and man-made urban systems that support the campus and its community.
A continuous cycle of analysis by the planning team, and feedback from the University stakeholders, insures the final plan is finely tuned to the St. Augustine campus’ needs and future goals.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
13
plan focus The St. Augustine campus is the largest of three main campuses belonging to The University of the West Indies. It supports nearly 15,000 students, out of the university-wide enrolment of 39,000. The University of the West Indies (UWI) is the premiere international university in the Caribbean region. Numerous UWI graduates have gone on to become heads of state, Nobel Laureates, and heads of international industry and banking. The University’s research focus on the Caribbean makes it a significant knowledge source about tropical agriculture, regional economic development, and Caribbean society. The St. Augustine campus story is one of astonishing growth, since its founding in 1960 with just 67 students. For example, in just five years, from 2002 to 2007, the student population nearly doubled in size, growing at an average annual rate of more than 15 percent, from 7,600 students to 14,699. National education initiatives spurred the recent enrolment boom. These ongoing initiatives are outlined in the government’s Vision 2020 Plan – a national strategic plan for social and economic development. Impetus for growth also comes from within University leadership. UWI’s STRIDE Plan (Strategic Transformation for Relevance, Impact, Distinctiveness and Excellence) aims to place UWI in a position of preeminence among international peer institutions by mandating greater emphasis on graduate level studies, research and discovery. Understandably, this staggering growth has posed many challenges to administration, faculty, and students. Even as the University assimilates the affects of this expansion, it must prepare to meet significant additional growth. Enrolment is projected to swell by half again in the next five years, and double today’s numbers by 2027, the end of the planning horizon. An academician could well see a student body grow by five times over the course of a career. Growth compels the University of the West Indies (UWI) to address master planning in a decisive manner so that proper campus functioning is ensured for all stakeholders.
14
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
North Campus
Mt. Hope Campus
Central Campus
Research Farm
Orange Grove
Proposed Land Use Academic Medical Complex Research Park Housing Agriculture Farm
Master Plan Goals Master plan goals, developed through a review of the STRIDE Plan and discussions with the Steering and Core Committees, are:
• Support the University STRIDE Plan and enable its implementation • Return the campus to the pedestrian by effectively managing access, arrival and parking • Protect and enhance the open space resource of the campus for formal and informal use • Define a strategy that supports facilities growth in a way that reinforces campus form • Reinforce the sense of community, pride, and loyalty to the campus as a memorable place • Develop a physical sense of security for all campus stakeholders • Grow on-campus residence life to activate the expanding campus 24/7 • Develop infrastructure and transportation strategies that anticipate growth • Define land use for the broader land holdings of the University
Other Key Issues In addition, other key issues identified for consideration in the Master Plan included: •
Storm-water runoff and flooding management
•
Surrounding urban infrastructure
•
National rapid-rail system
•
Signage and wayfinding
The Master Plan’s overarching strategy is to determine the scope and pace of growth implied in the Vision 2020 and STRIDE Plans, and find the best land-use strategy to accommodate that growth within the UWI’s current property and potential future acquisitions. The next task is to define a building programme to support that scope, and translate that programme into a future vision. This vision includes new building locations and forms, and strategies to gracefully integrate infrastructure, landscaping, and open space improvements. Finally, the plan choreographs a sequence whereby this vision can be implemented gradually with minimal disruption to campus function.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
15
plan elements The resulting Master Plan relies on several key actions to achieve its goals.
•
•
The plan defines the highest and best land-use allocations to support future growth. The St. Augustine campus may establish satellite campuses focused on medical and agricultural study by bringing underutilized land holdings into active development. This will be done in a sequence that allows the University to meet growth challenges, while conditioning new lands for development. The plan achieves desired land-use densities and impervious-coverage ratios through a set of recommended demolitions, and land redeployments tailored to result in an infill strategy well-suited for needs, while improving and minimizing loss of open space.
•
The plan identifies Central District and North District as areas for major development, and highlights areas for future acquisition. This will provide “room to grow” in line with the campus’ increasing space needs up to, and beyond, this plan’s 20-year horizon. Long-term acquisition for growth will be met through a policy of property expansion areas of future consideration to East District to the river. Other properties lying between Central and North Districts will be developed to create a pedestrian corridor and “University Town” of mixed-use development.
•
The plan creates a circulation strategy for a perimeter loop road and perimeter parking structures that restores campus to the pedestrian, strengthens pedestrian connections between Central and North Districts, and integrates bus and rail transit to create an efficient movement system. Key alterations to the road system will restore traffic flow and relocate non-campus traffic to a bypass route. Coordination with mass transit systems will reduce commuter reliance on automobiles, and better link the campus to the entire island.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
NORTH DISTRICT
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
UNIVERSITY TOWN
CENTRAL DISTRICT
1
6
EAST DISTRICT
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
•
1
The plan seeks to preserve and define open space through new building placement and integrated storm-water best management practices. Opportunistic building placement has fragmented open space, degrading its character and usefulness. New building placements define the edges of open areas, and shape new courtyards, quads, lawns, and parks. New buildings and open spaces will offset each other to good effect and create a powerful sense of place.
•
The plan introduces a battery of storm-water management techniques to control flooding and mitigate campus contribution to downstream runoff, even as built area increases.
•
The plan presents a model for an appropriate architectural expression. The campus runs the gamut from Caribbean vernacular and European colonial, to modern brutalism. This plan represents a palette of architectural forms to blend these influences.
•
The plan recommends upgrades to infrastructure to achieve greater reliability and efficiency, helping to eliminate service lapses.
•
The plan seeks to implement the STRIDE plan while helping to achieve the highest and best use of its resources.
Central District Looking North up the ‘Savannah’
16
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
SOUTH DISTRICT CEMETARY
30
35
32
33
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY North District Perspective and Open Space Diagram
Info Commons at the North Face of JFK Library
Student Recreation at the Central District Looking North
Looking West at the ‘Imperial Quad’ and North Entry
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
17
the campus master plan The Master Plan provides an integrated solution to present and future campus challenges. It addresses concerns from the broadest level of land use across the campus’ multiple land holdings, through tactical decisions on building placement, down to small-scale issues of walkway locations and widths. The largest decisions, with respect to the highest and best use for the campus’ four properties in Trinidad, guide the balance of the plan. Two outlying properties to the east and west of Central District will become new Medical Arts and Agricultural Campuses. Both of these properties also possess capacity for staff housing development. These moves will help free Central District for future expansion. Campus form has been reshaped to adapt to future demands in a graceful, controlled manner, and to reinforce campus character and its unique sense of place.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
New Construction The most striking plan feature is the scope of new construction. Building square footages and uses are detailed in later sections of this publication. They are presented in overall terms and in five-, 10- and 20-year horizons. Together they present a scheme to accommodate St. Augustine’s 2027 target enrolment of 27,465, including housing for 20 percent of the student body. Development begins on the northern end of Central District, where construction can begin immediately on discreet infill sites. Further accommodation is achieved by activation of North District. Over the course of the plan, it will transform from a staff residential district to a mixed-use campus incorporating academic, research, and residential functions. Construction of new facilities on Central and North Districts is envisioned in three phases. The first phase (2007 to 2012) will see much of the planned development on Central District. The next five years (2012 to 2017) primarily involves development on North District and the anticipated construction of a national rapid rail station, the UWI Station, in support of the campus. The final 10 years of the plan, until 2027, will see near build-out reached on Central and North Districts, with preparation for eastward expansion to support long-term growth. Additional flexibility could be achieved by earlier acquisitions eastward toward the Tunapuna River, creating an “East Campus” district.
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
spaces)
29
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
70
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETARY
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Buildings by Phase
Space Between
The St. Augustine campus also can build character and sense of place by adopting a consistent architectural style in harmony with the local vernacular and tropical climate. Many existing buildings have been designed and located without regard to shade, rain shelter, suitable heights and travel distances. To that end, architectural, landscape, and wayfinding guidelines are developed to guide future development.
Circulation and Access This plan also reshapes circulation and access routes. A heavily landscaped campus loop road is proposed. This road combines existing campus roads with the St. Augustine Circular and Agostini to create a campus loop. A new public street bypasses campus along the government railroad right-of-way. This scheme minimizes public vehicle movement through campus, provides convenient access and easy circulation to campus traffic, and separates vehicular and pedestrian circulation. New pedestrian paths are established and important existing ones extended and reinforced to create a more efficient movement network. Shade tree plantings along pathways will make walking the campus a more comfortable and pleasant experience, as well as provide environmental benefit.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
lot (20
15
New buildings are organized and shaped to create open spaces on campus and better define existing ones. Four landmark spaces are shown: the “Savannah,” between JFK Library and the Frank Stockdale Building; the Administration Imperial Quad and Student Life quads on either side of the Administration Building, and a future central open space on the east side of campus. A series of open spaces give life and organization to the North District plan, as well. Besides preserving green space, they accommodate important trees of the Arboretum and unify the fragmented and eroded open areas on campus into defined spaces that work with buildings to create a unique sense of place and character. Numerous smaller courtyards, arcades, and pockets of green space live between clusters or grouping of buildings. These provide more intimately scaled, shaded areas of refuge in all parts of campus. A string of recreation areas, courtyards, and plazas ringed with new buildings runs along an east-west axis.
18
parking
25
5
20
The plan’s key actions are expressed graphically in the Illustrative drawing. Dominant elements are the new buildings and the open spaces they define, the proposed tree-lined internal loop road and pedestrian routes, linkages between Central and North District, and the proposed rapid rail transit station south of campus
Campus access will be handled more comprehensively than before. A new “Transit Mall” – a bus thoroughfare with tree-lined sidewalks – will link North and Central Districts at their western ends. To the east, a pedestrian bridge spanning the Priority Bus Route highway will provide a safe path of travel for students heading to the North District and the University Town. Transit routes serving the St. Augustine campus have been restructured for greater efficiency; these will connect Central District to park-and-ride facilities at the new Mt. Hope Medical Arts Campus and the Orange Grove. The proposed Trinidad Rapid Rail System, or TRRTS, will include a major transit station, the “UWI Station,” at the south entrance to campus, placing major portions of the island within easy commuting range for the University population
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
Plan Concept Diagram ‘Parti’
5 Years 10 Years 20 Years
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 100
Meters Feet
200
Pedestrian Walks 1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Illustrative 20-Year Plan
Storm Water and Infrastructure Effective storm-water management is a crucial environmental concern for the campus, as flooding has become an persistent problem. The master plan presents a multi-tiered approach to storm-water management. New trees and landscape plantings will absorb rainfall. Vegetative swales to channel and slow runoff will direct water to an array of rain gardens and large detention ponds for temporary storage and absorption. Large-scale underground detention facilities eventually may be necessary to cope with the most severe flooding. This plan provides for zero increase in downstream impact for a 25-year storm. As the campus grows, so will infrastructure needs. The Master Plan recommends a new, more centralized organization. New substations on Central and North Districts will supply chilled water more reliably than the present grid. Large chiller plants will serve multiple buildings and operate more efficiently than the campus’ multitude of split systems. This will free additional electrical capacity to support the campus’ expanding IT networks.
Property Acquisition 100
Meters Feet
200
Landscape- Drainage Plan
“Areas of future consideration” for property acquisition have been established to facilitate long-term land banking beyond the 10-year planning horizon. Partnership development opportunities should be considered as part of an integrated strategy to engage in community planning constructs with surrounding neighborhoods and regional corporations. Comprehensive strategies outlined in this Master Plan will enable the St. Augustine campus to recover from recent growth, address predicted growth over the next 20 years, and position itself to respond positively to challenges in the distant future.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
19
10-year illustrative master plan
20
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Illustrative 10 Year Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
21
context context
geographic context The island of Trinidad is located at the southern edge of the Caribbean Sea at about 10 degrees north latitude and 11.27 kilometers (seven miles) northeast of Venezuela and the continent of South America. It covers an area of over 4,662 square kilometers (1,800 square miles). A stretch of mountainous land, the Northern Range, defines the northern edge of the island. South of this range is a low plain, which forms most of the island. The numerous towns and cities that lie along the southern foothills of the Northern Range have grown in recent decades and are now merged into a continuous strip of heavy urbanization about 40.23 kilometers (25 miles) long and four kilometers (two to three miles) wide, running from Dibe in the west, through the national capital of Port of Spain, to Arima in the east. Fingers of developed land reach into the adjacent mountain valleys and to the south, skirting coastal marshes, to connect to towns to the south. The campus is in the center of this urban corridor, in the town of St. Augustine. It lies near the junction of major east-west and north-south routes, about eight kilometers (five miles) from the Piarco International Airport. The Northern Range creates a wonderful campus backdrop. The Mount St. Benedict Monastery, on the upper slopes, overlooks campus and the surrounding townships, and serves as a local landmark.
Trinidad
Trinidad’s tropic climate and generous seasonal rainfall (101 centimeters/ 40 inches per year) create a rich landscape. Much of the island’s low area has been given over to agriculture and urbanization, but the lush native vegetation may still be seen in the Northern Range and over much of the island’s southern and eastern regions.
St. Augustine
Venezuela
Northern Range
Mt. Hope Campus St. Augustine Campus
Research Farm
R Churchill
h Uria er H
Butl ay ighw
Caroni
24
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
oosevelt
Highway
CONTEXT
social context Trinidad and Tobago is a nation of remarkable ethnic diversity. Its people trace their roots to Africa, India, China, Pakistan, Europe, the Middle East, and the indigenous peoples of the Caribbean. These ethnic groups have blended to a great extent, developing a shared sense of nationhood, yet they still retain great pride in their individual origins. This is expressed in the array of religious, social, and culinary traditions throughout the country. Expression is found also in the varieties of music, such as Calypso, Soca, and Chutney, which originated in Trinidad, and in the numerous cultural and religious festivals held throughout the year.
Trinidad and Tobago cricket team
UWI’s St. Augustine campus lies within the town of St. Augustine, a dense urban region on the island of Trinidad. Immediately east of campus is Tunapuna, a town known for its farmer’s market. To the west lies Curepe, an important transit hub connecting the East-West Corridor to southern routes. Surrounding communities also have experienced tremendous growth in recent decades. The influx of petrodollars has spurred construction development and automobile use at rates that strain all levels of local infrastructure. As a result, traffic congestion, storm-water runoff, and inadequate supplies of potable water and power, impact the greater region. Community challenges exacerbate conditions, which, in turn, place a greater strain on the surrounding neighborhoods. St. Augustine town has a close economic and social relationship with the University. Many local residents work at, or in connection with, the University. Conversely, students rely on local businesses and housing to supply their needs. Student apartments and studentoriented businesses, such as Internet cafÊs, populate neighborhoods surrounding the campuses.
Carnival Costume, Photograph courtesy of Stuart Mckenzie
The Trinidad and Tobago Vision 2020 Plan outlines national strategies for economic and social development. Among its mandates are target enrolment rates for tertiary education. For 2010, the target rate is 45 percent, with a 60 percent target by 2015 (Vision 2020 Operational Plan 2007-2010, p. 40). By boosting its educational attainment, Trinidad and Tobago will position itself to overcome a heavy reliance on fuel exports to sustain its economy. The boldness of this goal, and its potential impact on Trinbagonian society, stands in relief when one considers that in developed countries only about 35 percent of the workforce has a tertiary education. The St. Augustine campus is experiencing the impact of this policy, as the nation strives toward 60 percent educational attainment.
Steel Drum Band, Photograph courtesy of Dustin Holmes
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
25
historical context Christopher Columbus discovered Trinidad in 1498, claiming the area for Spain. During this time, the island also opened to French planters and their slaves, who emigrated from the French Colonies. Trinidad remained a Spanish possession until 1797, when it was captured by the British, and in 1802, the island became a British colony. During the 19th century, landowners imported thousands of indentured laborers from India, China, and the Middle East. In 1889, Britain combined Trinidad and Tobago as an administrative ward. The islands achieved independence from England in 1962 and became the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago in 1976. Sugar, cocoa, and coffee fueled the island’s economy through most of the 20th century. Since the 1970’s, petroleum and natural gas production has spurred the nation’s economic growth. Development has increased, as has Trinidadians’ income and quality of life. As the 21st century unfolds, however, the nation is aware that its fossil fuel reserves are limited and that it must broaden its economic base. Access to higher education is crucial to support this economic development. Because of this, the St. Augustine campus of the University of the West Indies is an invaluable national resource. The history of The University of the West Indies is a story of continual, rapid growth and the efforts to address the challenges posed by that growth. The University has its origins in the early part of the 20th century. The Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture was founded in 1922 on the site of the present-day St. Augustine campus. Its mission was to support the efforts of Trinidadian plantation owners and guide development of the West Indian agricultural industry. In 1948, The University College of the West Indies, an extension of the University of London, was founded at Mona, Jamaica, with a mission to support the general economic and cultural development of the Caribbean. Twelve years later, the Imperial College of Agriculture combined with the UCWI to form today’s University of the West Indies and became independent In its 49-year history, UWI has seen the dismantling of the British colonial system, the formation and dissolution of the West Indies Federation, and the establishment in 1976 of the nation of Trinidad and Tobago. Besides rapidly expanding enrolment, the University has faced significant cultural developments. Originally, UWI was a product of the British educational system, and reflected that Anglo-centric perspective in curriculum and outlook. Over time, the University’s student body, faculty, and administration have found a truly West Indian voice and identity. The struggle to find this new voice was sometimes difficult, as attested by the political unrest of the late 1960’s and early 1970’s. Today the University of the West Indies continues to fulfill its mission to contribute to the development of its host nations, and to serve as an intellectual and cultural bridge between the Caribbean region and the world.
Archival Photos
Figure Ground History
26
1920’S
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
1954
CONTEXT Archival aerial photo of campus at the ‘Imperial Quad’
Sport and Physical Education Centre (SPEC)
Main JFK Library
PHASE 2
1974
2008
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
27
academic context The University of the West Indies is an autonomous institution that serves, and is supported by, 16 nations and territories in the Caribbean region. The St Augustine campus is the largest of the University’s three major campuses. Additional campuses are sited at Mona, Jamaica, and Cave Hill, Barbados. The other supporting countries, as well as the British colony of Turks and Caicos, access the University’s resources through the Open Campus - an array of 42 physical site locations with online learning facilities. The UWI was established in 1948 as an extension of the University of London. It became an independent institution in 1962 and is the oldest such regional institution of higher learning in the Caribbean Commonwealth. The UWI is the Caribbean’s most significant higher educational institution. It counts among its alumni the current heads of state of seven Caribbean nations, as well as eight former heads of state, international banking presidents, Nobel Laureates, and winners of the Miss World and Miss Universe pageants. It has spearheaded research in agriculture, engineering, business, medicine, and Caribbean culture and society.
Main Campus
Currently, more than 39,000 students are enrolled in the University system and participate in more than 800 programmes encompassing a range of degrees from professional certifications to PhD’s. The head of the University administration is the Vice-Chancellor, an office presently filled by Professor E. Nigel Harris. Each campus is overseen by a principal and pro-vice-chancellor. Professor Clement K. Sankat is the current Principal of the St. Augustine campus. The St. Augustine Campus recently surpassed the Mona campus in enrolment to become the largest of the UWI campuses. Enrolment at St. Augustine for the 2007/2008 academic year was 14,811. The campus currently is comprised of four distinct land entities. The primary academic and administrative centers are located on the Main Campus; the North Campus accommodates the Cultural Arts Center, a significant portion of Staff and Faculty Housing, and the new St. Johns Hall of Residence; the Faculty of Medicine is located at the Mt. Hope Campus, 2.4 kilometers (one and one-half miles) west of Central Campus, and is leased from the Mt. Hope Medical Center; the Agricultural Research Station also is west of the Central Campus, adjacent to the Mt. Hope Campus. Another potential land holding, known as the Orange Grove, which covers about 80.94 hectares (200 acres) of former sugar cane fields lies three miles east of Central Campus.
Mt. Hope Campus and Research Farm
Orange Grove
28
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
The University’s STRIDE Plan (Strategic Transformation for Relevance, Impact, Distinctiveness, and Excellence) draws inspiration from the Vision 2020 Plan. Although the two were developed independently, the STRIDE Plan seeks to position the UWI to meet future challenges as the Vision 2020 Plan does for the nation of Trinidad and Tobago. The STRIDE Plan describes the means by which the University intends to continue fulfilling its mission statement:
“The enduring mission of The University of the West Indies is to propel the economic, social, political and cultural development of West Indian society through teaching, research, innovation, advisory and community services and intellectual leadership.”
STRATEG TRANSF IC FOR REL ORMATION IMPACT, EVANCE, DISTINC AND EXC TOUIRVMISENESS ELLESIONN C E IVERSI
TY OF
THE W
EST IN
> DIETh Se en | duSTRA Universi ring miTE GIC ssion
PL mission req is to pro ty of the West of The AN Th [2is00 7-2012 uires UW social, pel the economIndies I to: ] po Provide develop litical and cu ic, society ment of West ltural high qu the population Ind thr ali of ou ian gh teach research delivere ty academic pro the region wi ing, th d and tha and co , innovation, mm nationa ad t help to grammes that access to intellectu unity servic visory l an are effec build str d reg es al leade changin rship. and g huma ional capacities ong individu tively n al,
»
•
Improvements to pedagogy that will best prepare graduates to roles in 21st century society
•
Expansion of graduate studies
•
Elevation of the University’s research standing regarding the Caribbean and small-island developing states
•
Expansion of the Open Campus as a key means to provide host nations with access to higher education.
»
6 UW I STRATE
GIC PLA N [2007201
in resource Provide needs response to educati complementary on creative that foster int opportunities for ell and interpactivity and se ectual develop higher lfalumni ersonal relati actualization, ment, to on en specialize have a broad s, and enable hance social stude d knowled er frame of referenc nts and ge » Conduct e for serves rigorous basic to: and appli ed resea rch that » Explore so problems lutions to pri ority and » Create sig challenges national and regional ni? » Exploit de cant new knowledge advanta velopmental po ges tential an d comp » Elucidate arative impo » Situate se rtant contemporary social iss lf and so ues ciety in » Provide a changin g world and decisa sound basis for order public po » Maintain ion making licy formu lat a ion ca pacity to technica su the need l, professional pply a wide ran an sector ans of regional go d advisory se ge of expert rvices to vernmen d to inv olve its me » Assist its alumni ts and the priva et in this pro te achieve students and cess the underst informed self-aw population at an and cultu ding of the ma areness throu large to gh in ral a deep econom curre West Ind ian socie nts that have co ic, social, po litica ty mbined to de?n l e
The STRIDE Plan’s emphasis on graduate studies and research is a primary agent driving the expansion of the St. Augustine campus. This policy has far-reaching implications for the future of the physical campus, as new housing, research, and support facilities must be developed to support the specific needs of a graduate student body, beyond the needs of the undergraduate population.
CONTEXT
THE UN
The plan sets strategies for growth and organization within the University. This is to adapt to the sought-after knowledge and research partner in support of its host nations and Caribbean society. The key strategies are:
2]
»
Improve delivery the flexibility of postgraduand significantly our postgradu ate blended ate programm expand the num programme es delive education red by disber of tance or
Anticipat ed Impa ct
It is anticip ated tha » Enhanced t attention to all of these areas will developm contribution result in: by making ent and compet the UWI to an resour » Growth graduate educationitivmoeness in thehum ce re widely region by in responof innovative, mu available ltidisci discipline se to regional needs andplinary programm s convergen » Building es ce crit of ical nation research al sustainabland innovation and regional cap acity for » Improveme research clusteasrsweofll as, developm ent of relevance progressio ents in studen ts’ perfor mance and » Enhancem n graduate ent effect of the edu strengt undergrad cation and research hening of uate pro on the qua grammes » Assisting lity of undergradTLIs in the reg ion to bui ld needed » Higher lev uate teaching cap acity education els of graduate student satisfactio » Widening experience at UW n with the I postgradu the reach and ir impact of » Building ate programming the UW I in a reputa tion for excellence at the gra duate lev el
UWI STRA TEGIC PLAN
[2007-20
12] 17
Centre for Creative and Festival Arts and School of Continuous Studies
North Campus
Mt. Hope Campus
Central Campus
Research Farm
Orange Grove
University Land Interests
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
29
existing conditions The following section presents a suite of analytical graphics. As an anatomy describes the parts and systems of the human body, these graphics describe the structure and organization of campus. Many of these graphics—building index, building use, elements of circulation, etc.— were produced early in the planning process as important tools to understand the campus, its organization and unique characteristics. In that regard, they are useful in this publication, to familiarize readers with aspects of campus that have so much bearing on discussions of problems and solutions. If some graphics are compared to anatomical drawings, others may be imagined as illustrating the physical health of campus. These include an analysis of obsolete buildings considered for demolition, and a presentation of the highlights and lowlights of campus. The campus has many sublime moments – vistas of the Northern Range, beautiful trees, attractive buildings, and plazas full of activity. Other moments cloud the beauty and offer opportunities for improvement. This perceptual analysis speaks to the emotional impact of campus upon its users and its ability to evoke a sense of community, pride, and loyalty to the campus as a memorable place. A detailed building inventory, describing net square footages and use, and an accurate survey of UWI land holdings in Trinidad is not included. The University may find it worthwhile to gather this information as it moves toward implementation of the Master Plan. However, an overview of land holdings identifies four in Trinidad. The primary academic and administrative centers are located on Main Campus. The North Campus accommodates the Cultural Arts Center, a significant portion of staff and faculty housing, and the new St. Johns Hall of Residence. The Faculty of Medicine is located at the Mt. Hope Campus, 2.4 kilometers (one and one-half miles) west of Main Campus and is leased from the Mt. Hope Medical Center; the Agricultural Research Station also is west of the Main Campus, adjacent to the Mt. Hope Campus. Another potential land holding, known as the Orange Grove, which covers about 80.9 hectares (200 acres) of former sugar cane fields, lies 4.8 kilometers (three miles) east of Main Campus. Campus terrain is also significant. The campus sits at the foot of a gentle, even slope rising to the northeast, toward the hills of the Northern Range. From the South Gate to North Gate on Main Campus, the elevation rises less than 9.14 meters (30 feet). The rise between the campuses is less than 6.1 meters (20 feet), and on North Campus the rise is a little over 4.9 meters (16 feet). The average grade over this entire area is less than 1 percent. This slope is very smooth. For pedestrian and architectural purposes, the campuses essentially may be regarded as flat.
30
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
GORD
T
GORDON STREET
TREE
WARNER S TR
REET
CONTEXT
EET
TER
NM AIN
ST. JOHN ROAD
EAS
AUSTIN S T
MCCARTHY STREE
T
ON S
ROA D
AGOSTINI STREET
EVA NS
PRIORITY BUS ROUTE
EET
STR
GUST
ST. AU INE
TGR
CIRCULAR ROAD
WATTS ST
REET
ELT ROOSEV L IL H C R CHU
Y HIGHWA
Existing Aerial of Main and North Campus and Supporting Roadways
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
31
153
St. Augustine Senior Comprehensive School
Hugh Wooding Law School
GRASS PARKING
146
145
28 SPACES
152 151
147
150
154
NORTH CAMPUS
HiLo Supermarket
15
13 14 6 11 12 5 18 7 10 8 16 17 9 19
45 SPACES
20
24
25 26 25A 27A
27
3
4 131
117
134
2
130
2829 31
126
27B
30
125
32
33
1
44
120
141
45
UWI Chaplaincy
51 49 50 46 53
139
116
115
114
56
55
59 57
112A
113A
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
112 110
111
60
113
30
35
109 to Ramp parking basement
107
61
58
118
106
119
101
70 72
100
73
87
84
Existing Building Inventory
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
1
86
101A
10
80
14
75
15
103
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
95
148
65
60
55
95A
52
51 50
45
43
42
95B
40 26
143
91 96 132 149
82
17
135
89
80
15
85
90
86
83
200
29
10
136
137
77
78 79 81
100
spaces)
5
88
75
76
lot (20
25
5
104
105
102
74
parking
49 TOTAL SPACES
64 69 71
to basement
20
1
138
65
Ramp
18
66 63 62
140 108
107A
61
142
Feet
123
1
6
4847
Meters
122
129
39
54
124
121
42 43 40 38
32
27 SPACES
92
94 97 93
MAIN CAMPUS
30
35
32
33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Administration Dudley Huggins Building Creative Arts Creative Arts Works Dept- Greenhouse Works Dept- Shed Works Dept Garage Works Department Staff Social Club Works Dept- Security and Recreation Rm Works Dept Works Dept Works Dept- Carpentry Workshop Works Dept- Supervisors Office Education Education Arcon 1 Education Arcon 2 Education Library Multimedia Production Center School of Education Open Greenhouse Tissue Culture Unit Biotechnology Unit Cocoa Research/ Soil Science Greenhouse Cocoa Research Greenhouse Campus IT Services Cocoa Research Greenhouse UWIDEC, SCS TTPOST Agriculture Labs, SCS, Republic Bank CFNI Store Room Store Room Agriculture Extension (CARDI), Fredrick Hardy Bldg Food Production- Chemical Bulk Storage Soil Science Frank Stockdale Food Production, Food Biology Lab Cocoa Research Greenhouse Plant Science Greenhouse Greenhouse Greenhouse Greenhouse Greenhouse Chemistry- Plant Room Chemical Bunker C1 (Chemistry) C4 (Chemistry) C2 (Records, Centre, Gender Studies, Social Wrok C3 (Chemistry) SALISES, LAW IIR- Institute of International Relations Natural Sciences (Life Sci, Maths and Comp Sci, Physics) CARIRI Electronics Workshop Surveying and Land Information Food Technology Lab CARIRI Hazardous Chemical Store Systems Lab Chemical Engineering Lab Shared Computer Lab Mechanical Engineering (block 13) PBX room, Engineering Stores and Workshop Electrical Engineering (block 1), Mechanical Engineering Engineering Welding Shop Mechanical Engineering/ CAD/ CAM Industrial Engineering Lab, Instrumentation Lab Mechanical Engineering Civil Engineering
81 82 83 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 107A 108 109 110 111 112 112A 113 113A 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 129 130 131 132 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 145 146 147 (CHRC) 148 149 150 151 152 153 154
Mechanical Engineering Lab Sewage Treatment Plant Electricity Substation Fuel Injection Store JFK Auditorium Main Library Humanitites (FL3), Social Sciences (FL2) Cafeteria (Student Guild), Pub Cafeteria (JFK) Office of Planning and Development Canada Hall- Warden’s Residence Canada Hall Canada Hall Student Activity Center Canada Hall New Canada Hall Common Room Management Lecture Theatre Management Learning Resources Center (LRC) Trinity Hall Health Centre Psychological Research Unit (PRU) Business Development Office Social Sciences Computer Lab Office of the Deputy Principal Police Student Administration Building Marketing and Communications Office Principal’s Office Personnel and Industrial Relations Personnel and Industrial Relations Senior Common Room Senior Common Room Archaeological Research Guild/ Old Student Advisory Centre for Language Learning Bookshop, Distance Edu, SCS, Monetary Studies Swimming Pool Store Room Milner Hall- Warden’s Residence Milner Hall Milner Hall Milner Hall Milner Hall Milner Hall Milner Hall Guard’s Hut Guard’s Hut Guard’s Hut Guard’s Hut Water Tanks SPEC Temporary Classroom# 1 Humanities Temporary Classroom #2 (Natural Sciences) Lawn Tennis Complex New Teaching and Learning Facility Student Lecture Auditorium Temporary Classroom #3 (Chemistry) Player’s Pavilion Department for Creative and Festival Arts School of Continuing Studies Campus Projects Office and Caribbean Health and Research Council
CONTEXT
existing building inventory
Nets Cemetary New St Johns Road Hall of Residence The University School (for Children- UWI Affiliated) Sixth Form School Seismic Research Centre HEU Building
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
33
building use The St. Augustine Campus is composed of several facility types to accommodate the overall campus mission and goals; these include academic, research, student life and support, administrative, recreational, residential, and maintenance facilities. The academic requirement is further defined to incorporate undergraduate, graduate, and the Open Campus functions.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
The current Main Campus organization is roughly defined by loose zones, including an academic zone, an administrative zone, a student life zone and a residential zone. Of the academic facilities located along the western side of campus, Engineering predominates at the southern end, Agriculture and Science in the middle, and Humanities and Education at the northern end and on North Campus. Social Science facilities are scattered through the central area of campus. Maintenance facilities have for the most part been located to the north. Historically, the land use zoning appears to have begun intentional; however, in recent years it has become less clear and based more on available open space and opportunity.
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
The current North Campus is primarily occupied with single home Faculty and Staff residences, and the newly completed St. John Road student housing. The Center for Creative and Festival Arts and Open Campus also is located in this area. Further to the north, is the Seismic Research Station.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
In addition to understanding an organizational layout, understanding specific elements or available space is equally critical, beginning with a cataloging of existing facilities located on the St. Augustine Campus. This includes the basic use and available square footage for each facility. At the inception of this master Plan, the existing statistical data for UWI St. Augustine‘s building inventory and associated square footage was virtually nonexistent. Thorough a series of interviews, and limited on-site inspection, the basic building types and uses were established. A corresponding square footage for each facility was roughly established through an analysis of the building footprint area multiplied by the number of storeys. Consequently the master plan recognizes this square foot data to contain potential inaccuracies by a factor of as much as 20 percent. A detailed inventory is required.
Ramp
18
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
29
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
Student Residential Dining/ Student Activity Research/ Laboratory Faculty Housing Administration/ Support Recreation/ Athletics Academic (Arts Included)
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters Feet
65
60
55
52
200
Existing Building Use
New Classroom Space
New Student Services
34
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
New Hall of Residence
30
35
32
33
building condition The future growth potential for the University largely is governed by its facilities, both existing and new; the efficiency and practical use of facilities is governed by their available square meters, condition, and applicability to the function they support. The ability to increase or add new facilities is governed largely by the current footprints and available land resources in which to expand.
•
While the majority of facilities remain functional, specific use and programme may need to be examined over time. As example, the historic Administration Building, arguably the most significant building today, is occupied primarily by relatively low level administrative functions; consideration should be given to more senior administrative functions. The research laboratories, while usable, may be antiquated by current research standards and needs. Over time, higher end research facilities should be implemented, and the existing facilities relegated to less demanding uses.
•
Regarding the relative densities of existing facilities, the majority of buildings are low-rise structures of one or two storeys. Taller buildings tend to cluster at the south end of campus, and are generally newer than the older buildings. The single and two-story buildings often date from much earlier in the UWI’s history, and reflect an organizational thinking when land was plentiful. While wholesale removal of low rise facilities as a generalization is not recommended, strategic replacement some may need to be considered in response to meeting the needs of the UWI’s campus vision.
•
With regards to the general state of repair and serviceability of existing facilities, the Master Plan team asked the Works Department to provide a list of facilities, which in their opinion had reached the end of their useful life (i.e. where renovation vs. demolition becomes questionable. In the final analysis, it is not anticipated all of the identified facilities will be demolished; however, if UWI is to realize its objectives within its available land resources, selective demolition and replacement by higher density facilities will be required.
CONTEXT
In regards to these issues, the existing campus buildings were studied in terms of their physical description and usage, relative density (i.e. the relationship of footprint to number of storeys), and general state of repair and serviceability. Three insights emerged from this study.
The practice of building small buildings of low scale must be curtailed.
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
1
6
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
30
30
35
35
to Ramp parking basement to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
Ramp
to basement
parking
lot (20
20
25
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
1
10
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
5
to basement
spaces)
18
18
1
15
5
10
15
17
17
1
1
5 86 85
5 86
1 Storey 2 Storeys 3 Storeys 4 Storeys 5 Storeys
85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters Feet
200
Potential Buildings for Demolition
30
35
32
33
80
75
70
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
10
14
15
20
200
Building Height
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
35
pedestrian circulation 20 min.
Walking quickly, it is possible to cover the length of Main Campus in 10 or 12 minutes. However, intense tropical heat and humidity, heavy downpours, and lack of efficiently placed, adequately sized, and well-maintained walkways often conspire to make the campus difficult to traverse safely and comfortably. Pedestrian paths generally lack shade or shelter. Lengthy trips, especially to North Campus, can be a punishing and, at times, dangerous experience.
15 min.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
Pedestrian traffic is not currently treated as a priority, nor is it channelized by obvious routes to appropriate street crossings or major destinations. Walkways are absent throughout much of campus and surrounding neighborhoods. This compels pedestrians to mingle with vehicular traffic in the streets, and wear paths through grassy areas. During the rainy season, these paths are under water or muddy. Pedestrians also walk on the slopes of the concrete drains when the grass is soggy. Many existing walkways are too small to support foot traffic. Pedestrians often must step off the path to pass. Open storm water culverts present safety obstacles to those walking through unpaved areas. The many security fences within campus grounds force pedestrians out of the most direct line of travel. The car is dominant, and conflicts accrue across the campus. There is strong sentiment, clearly expressed, about the need to return the campus to the pedestrian.
45 SPACES
10 min.
5 min.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
At its best, some of the campus buildings have provided overhangs and protected walkways. In limited areas covered walkways connect buildings. Large open spaces lack sidewalks to grant access to the use of these spaces. A system of primary, secondary and tertiary systems need to be provided to encourage pedestrian use and access.
Ramp
18
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
29
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters
Covered Walkways Open Walkways Building Overhangs Worn (Dirt) Paths of Travel
Feet
200
Existing Pedestrian Circulation
36
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
pedestrian friendly
CONTEXT
pedestrian unfriendly
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
37
roads The Main Campus is bounded on the north by the two-lane Eastern Main Road (EMR) and to the south by the six-lane Churchill-Roosevelt Highway (CRH). CRH provides longer distance highway access to the campus. CRH is an access-controlled, multi-lane national highway, which is planned to have more grade-separated interchanges to replace existing, at-grade signalized intersections. EMR is the second primary access route. In the campus vicinity, EMR is a bustling, commercial road with stretches of businesses along both sides and on-street parking in many places.
GOR
DON
STRE
ET GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
GORDON STREET
Both CRH and EMR see heavy use throughout the day. In addition to this general congestion, they exhibit extreme peaking characteristics. During the morning peak period hours (from 6 a.m. to 9 a.m.) most of the traffic on both national arterial roadways heads west towards Port of Spain. During the evening (4 p.m. to 7 p.m.), most of the traffic heads east towards Arima. At these times, traffic creeps at less than walking speed; a 13.7 kilometer (8.5-mile trip) from Port of Spain to campus can take up to three hours.
WARNER ST
MAIN
ROA
D
AGOSTINI STREET
PRIO
RIT Y
EVA
BUS
ST. JOHN ROAD
AUSTIN
TERN
STREET
EAS
45 SPACES
MCCARTHY STREET
REET
ROU
TE
NS STR EET
Agostini Street/St. Augustine Circular cuts through the campus and lies between the University and the EMR to the north; Watts Street lies between the University and CRH to the south. Both local roads provide additional east/west access to University Drive North and University Drive South, which are the only two general-purpose automobile and bus gates open during the morning and evening peak hours. When these two roads are congested, they delay the approach to the North and South gates, the main University entrances. Another gate, between Milner Hall and the Student Lecture Auditorium, is open to staff during the peak periods. However, it does not help reduce the traffic at the other two gates.
CIR STINE
GU ST. AU CULA
PHASE 2
R ROA to Ramp parking basement
30
35
D
38
GRASS PARKING
TGR
The network of roads on campus grew haphazardly as it developed. This led to a cluster of redundant streets on the east side, and public roads that run through the property. Only a small area at the very center of campus is free of cars. Non-university drivers add to congestion, as do pedestrians walking in the roadways. There are numerous conflict zones between vehicular and foot traffic. Congestion at the north and south gates interferes with traffic flow on the campus’ internal loop road. This loop seems to have developed informally by the gradual connection of several internal streets (University Drive, Preston Lanes, and Wooding Drive). It takes a meandering route that often divides into parallel routes, passes through several intersections, and does not provide efficient movement. Vehicles enter campus at six points: along the north side at the PBR underpass and near the Administration Building, at the west entrance from Evans Street, the south entrance along Watts at JFK Plaza, and on the east side, at St. Augustine Circular Rd. and Carmody Street.
1
6
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
ST. AUGUSTINE CIRC
17
ULAR ROAD 1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
WAT TS ST
REET
100
Meters Feet
Existing Roads
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
WAY
EVELT HIGH
ILL ROOS
CHURCH
WAY
EVELT HIGH
ILL ROOS
CHURCH
200
30
35
32
33
parking Campus parking has become opportunistic and inadequate. Parking is distributed throughout campus in many small lots generally associated with particular buildings, rather than being concentrated in a few large lots. A primary function of the internal road system on Main Campus is to provide access to these lots, which are in bad condition or poorly landscaped, and detract from campus aesthetics.
GRASS PARKING
Parking permits are provided without charge and exceed available spaces by more than three-to-one. There are 1,903 spaces on campus, but in 2007, more than 6,000 permits were issued. While not all permitted drivers are on campus simultaneously, there are generally more cars at any one time than can be served by available spaces. Additionally, parking spaces are managed by zone, not by parking lot. This means that if someone has a staff parking permit, that person is able to drive from one staff parking space to another. This encourages drivers to wander, hunting for open spaces, and results in crowded campus roadways. Once available spaces are full, drivers resort to parking on grass, and impromptu parking lots have sprung up on lawns and along roadsides throughout campus. This off-road parking is inconvenient to drivers, a nuisance to pedestrians, and impairs the landscape by eroding ground cover and damaging tree roots.
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
CONTEXT
28 SPACES
In recent years, a car park has been developed in the (TGR) Trinidad Government right of way. This is essentially a temporary arrangement agreed to by the National Government. Some expansion may be possible.
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Existing Parking
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
39
perceptual analysis
negative
40
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
CONTEXT
positive
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
41
drivers objectives + drivers
objectives Master Plan objectives may be compared to a mission statement. They represent a distillation of the drivers into list of positive aspirations, and they set a measure against which the Master Plan’s recommendations may be judged. The objectives are:
• Support the University STRIDE Plan and enable its implementation • Return campus to the pedestrian by effectively managing access, arrival and parking • Protect and enhance the campus’ open space resources for formal and informal use • Define a strategy that supports facilities growth in a way that reinforces campus form • Reinforce a sense of community, pride, and loyalty to the campus as a memorable place • Develop a physical sense of security for all campus stakeholders • Grow on-campus residence life to activate the expanding campus 24/7 • Develop infrastructure and transportation strategies that anticipate growth • Define land use for the broader land holdings of the University.
44
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS 2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
45
projected enrolment growth In recent years, this institution has experienced growth at an unprecedented rate as evidenced by the doubling of enrolment during the last five years. Pressure to continue aggressive growth is present in both the Universities’ Strategic Plan (STRIDE), which calls for an enrolment of 22,800 by the year 2012, coupled with the agenda set forth in the nation’s Vision 20- 20, which calls for resources to attain 40 percent of the population in five years, and 60 percent in 10 years in tertiary education. The current enrolment of the Main Campus, as of the 2007/08 calendar year, is 13,090 (14,811 including medical students). Regarding recent trends, in 2001/2002 the enrolment was 6,639 (7,641 including medical students). In this short five-year period, the campus population doubled at the average rate of 15.64 percent growth per year, which far exceeds the growth rate of any comparable peer institution. As previously stated, the University Strategic Plan calls for the Main Campus population to grow to approximately 20,400 by the academic year of 2011/2012, (22,875 including medical students). If this projection is to be realized, an average rate of 8.76% growth per year is these first five years will be required. To establish projections for the following six- to 20-year period, initially the Master Plan team looked at a growth scenario to sustain this 8.76 percent rate of growth throughout the 20-year planning period. This analysis produced a 2026/27 enrolment, in excess of 72,000 students (80,000 including medical students). This scenario was rejected. The team then looked at an 8.76 percent / year growth in the first 10 years, which was in keeping with the Universities Strategic Plan, and a 5 percent / year growth in the second 10 years. Utilizing the rate of growth, by the academic year of 2026/27, there would approximately 50,000 students enrolled at the Main Campus (56,000 including medical students); again, this scenario was rejected. Following these projections, there was a decision to maintain the 8.76 percent / year growth in the first five years in accordance with the Strategic Plan, but to then reduce to 2 percent / year growth in the following 15 years. With this scenario, it is projected that in the academic year of 2026/27, there 27,463 students enrolled in the Main Campus (30,782 including medical students), which still doubles the current enrolment. The following is a summary of the agreed upon basis growth:
Total Numerical Campus Growth
Academic Numerical Campus Growth
Medical Numerical Campus Growth
7,641
6,432
1,083
7,170
6,658
512
15.64%
8,062
7,317
869
8.76%
2,381
2,124
257
2.00%
5,530
4,934
596
2.00%
30,782
27,465
3,317
Enrolment as of 2002
Ave. Growth Per Year
Previous 5 Year Historical Trend From 2002 - 2007 (7,641 to 14,811) New 1 -5 Year Strategic Plan Projection From 2007 - 2012 (14,811 to 22,873) New 6 -10 Year Projection From 2012 - 2017 (22,873 to 25,252)
New 11 -20 Year Projection From 2018- 2027 (25,252 to 30,782)
TOTALS
46
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
master plan programme The St. Augustine Campus is composed of several facility types to accommodate the overall campus mission and goals; these include academic, research, student life and support, administrative, recreational, residential, and maintenance facilities. The academic requirement is further defined to incorporate undergraduate, graduate, and Open Campus functions. In most cases, the approximate corresponding degree of facility need (i.e. gross square meter) can be statistically linked to the overall student population. There are more specific governing factors, such as enrolment within each faculty or center, and the degree of on-site housing. By utilizing these statistics, coupled with a comparison of peer initiations, a rational projection for future facilities can be approximated. Basic uses of existing building types were identified, and a corresponding square meter for each facility was roughly established through an analysis of the building footprint area multiplied by the number of storeys. Utilizing this established area of the existing facilities, and the current enrolment, a statistical data base of square meter per student was established, and then projected for each facility type to accommodate proposed future growth of enrolment. Another factor which is accounted for within these projections is the accommodation of lost square meter due to demolition and replacement. Based on our evaluation of UWI’s current physical assets, and the current ratio of square meter per student, the following projections have been made for the academic campus in the 5, 10, and 20 year thresholds. Enrolment at Medical Campus also was analyzed. While not part of the detailed planning scope for this Master Plan, a cursory analysis of existing medical facilities square meter, using a similar methodology for projecting future space. Again, these projections are offered in the five-, 10-, and 20-year threshold. A significant finding of this exercise suggests that space per student and therefore the available area of the Medical Campus, relative to its enrolment, is seriously deficient relative to recognized standards, and thus the projections are likely deficient as well.
Projected Enrolment
Academic Undergrad
Academic Graduate
Admin
Housing
Service/ Support
Recreation
Open Campus
Works
Total Gross Sq. M.
Current gsm/space type
76,597
32,327
9,543
27,163
35,963
11,537
726
6,094
199,949
Potential gsm demolished
10,657
4,498
1,396
4,137
2,712
-
5,033
1,786
30,219
Existing gsm/space type
87,254
36,825
10,938
31,300
38,675
11,537
5,760
7,880
230,168
6.67
2.81
0.84
2.39
2.95
0.88
0.44
0.60
17.58
13,090
87,277
36,802
10,938
31,300
38,675
11,537
5,760
7,880
230,168
7,317
48,787
20,570
6,111
17,497
21,617
6,451
3,222
4,405
128,660
2,124
14,162
5,971
1,774
5,079
6,275
1,873
935
1,279
37,348
4,934
32,898
13,871
4,121
11,799
14,577
4,350
2,173
2,970
86,758
27,465
183,127
77,211
22,939
65,678
81,140
24,215
12,094
16,534
482,935
Existing gsm/student increase each phase
2007/2008 (baseline) 2011/2012 2016/2017 2026/2027 TOTALS (sq m)
Medical Campus Projected Enrolment
Academic Admin.
Housing
Gross Sq. M.
Current gsm/space Type to Remain
17,369
5,547
22,915
Potential Exiting gsm Demolished
TBD
TBD
TBD
10.88
3.47
14.35
1,721
17,369
5,547
22,916
Total Current Existing gsm/Space Type Existing gsm/student 2007/2008 (baseline) 2011/2012
add
869
9,451
3,019
12,469
2016/2017
add
257
2,795
893
3,688
2026/2027
add
596
6,482
2,070
8,552
3,443
36,096
11,528
47,625
TOTALS (sq m)
Summary of Master Plan Programme 2007/2008
existing
230,168 sm
2011/2012
add
128,660 sm
2016/2017
add
37,348 sm
2026/2027
add
86,758 sm
TOTALS New Sq. M.
TOTAL Resulting Sq. M.
252,767 sm
482,935 sm
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
Academic Campus
There are many factors, which determine an acceptable square-meter-per-student ratio. These include types of space required to support the academic mission, degree of housing, and need for indoor recreation space. When UWI’s numbers for the primary academic campus are compared to similar peer institutions, the square meter per student ratio of 17.58 (189.27 square foot per student ratio) for standard academic and support space is within an acceptable range, albeit on the lower end of the spectrum. This ratio is traditionally somewhere between 17.2 to 20.9 square meter per student. However, regarding the medical campus, the square meter per student ratio of 14.35 (154.45 square foot) is very low relative to similar peer institutions, which typically provide approximately 27.9 square meters (300 square foot) or more per student, depending on the specific programmes offered. Given that detailed planning for the Medical Campus was not part of this effort, the square meter projections above are simply extensions of the existing ratios. However, prior to expanding this faculty, the University should consider a more detailed and thorough examination of the future needs required. Throughout this Master Plan effort, this process has been utilized to project the need for future facilities in the five-, 10- , and 20-year thresholds. While this logic is sound and time tested, as the Master Plan is implemented, future examination of specific facility needs and associated enrolment is recommended. A comprehensible space inventory needs to be established and maintained to include space assignment and utilization data.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
47
housing expansion The student resident population of the campus currently is comprised of the local Trinidad and Tobago population; however, there is also a significant and growing population from other Caribbean nations, and increasingly from other countries worldwide, which is in keeping with objectives of the University Strategic Plan. To facilitate both a local and international population, campus housing and student life facilities have become a critical need for the University. The University’s STRIDE Plan sets forth a goal of providing on-campus housing for 33 percent of the overall student population. This, coupled with UWI’s obligation to provide housing for its growing faculty and staff, creates the potential for housing to be the most aggressive component of new construction programme projected by the Master Plan. As of 2008, UWI offered 645 on-campus student beds, distributed throughout the Canada Hall, Milner Hall, and Trinity Hall complexes. The University is in the process of completing and occupying the new St. John Road Hall, offer 471 additional beds. Once occupied, (assuming 2009), there will be a total of 1,116 beds, to serve a projected student population of approximately 14,800 student (not including Medical Students), which is approximately 7.5 percent of the population. Milner Hall
Trinity Hall
Milner Hall
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
1
6
6
TENNIS COURTS
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
30
30
35
35
to Ramp parking basement
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
spaces) Ramp
18
20
25
to basement
20
5
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1 10
15
17
5
10
15
17
1
1
5
5 86
86
85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
85
Existing Housing Proposed Housing
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
Proposed Housing- 30%
65
Proposed Housing- 20%
60
55
52
51 50
60
55
52
51 50
45
45
43
43
42
POND
48
40 26
42
POND
40 26
30
35
30
35
32
33
32
33
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO CEMETAR
Y
CEMETAR
Y
Student Housing Analysis
Student Housing
Rate of Implementation Front
7.5 % (base line)
10 %
15 %
20 %
25 %
30 %
Total Beds
Even
Rear
In order to achieve a 33 percent accommodation of the student population, and based on the current 2008 enrolment of 13,100 students, an additional 3,200 beds would have to added immediately, prior to any enrolment growth. The five-year student enrolment population goal in 2012 has been established as 20,400. If achieved, and coupled with a goal of 33 percent on campus accommodation, an additional 5,600 beds would be required; this would be an overall five-fold increase from the current count, in a period of less than 5 years. If this rational were continued throughout the 20 year projection (2027), assuming 27,465 enrolled students, an additional 7,900 beds above the current would be required (a seven-fold increase). The University conceded that these goals would be unachievable.
Incl. exist.
Year 1-5
415
231
109
Year 6-10
159
230
240
Year 10-20
370
483
595
TOTAL (New)
944
944
944
Year 1-5
925
415
210
Year 6-10
212
385
363
Year 10-20
493
830
1,057
TOTAL (New)
1,630
1,630
1,630
Year 1-5
1,945
568
415
Year 6-10
319
570
497
Year 10-20
740
1,866
2,092
TOTAL (New)
3,004
3,004
3,004
Year 1-5 Year 6-10 Year 10-20 TOTAL (New)
2,965 425 987 4,377
1,088 1,101 2,188 4,377
415 1,286 2,676 4,377
Year 1-5
3,986
1,435
415
2,060
2,746
4,120
In response, several alternative growth scenarios were examined, including ultimate accommodation outcomes of 7.5 percent, 10 percent, 15 percent, 20 percent, 25 percent and 30 percent. Given that the projected enrolment increase is most heavily weighted in the first five years, we also considered the rate of implementation for future housing in terms of a “front loaded” (corresponding to enrolment growth); an “even loaded” approximately the same growth each year), and a “rear loaded” (with ultimate percent goals deferred to latter years). Particular interest was given to the 20 percent and 30 percent thresholds:
5,493
Year 6-10
531
1,437
1,286
Year 10-20
1,234
2,879
4,050
TOTAL (New)
5,751
5,751
5,751
6,867
Year 1-5 Year 6-10 Year 10-20 TOTAL (New)
5,006 638 1,480 7,124
1,803 1,813 3,508 7,124
619 1,645 4,860 7,124
8,240
Projected
Projected
Student Enrolment
Enrolment Growth (%)
Projected # Beds Added
Projected
% of Student Housed
Total Bed Count
Current Accomodation Current Enrolment
13,090
1,116
8.53%
5 Year Projection 2012 Projected Enrolment
20,407
9.30%
1,327
2,443
12%
22,531
2%
941
3,384
15%
27,465
2%
2,106
5,490
20%
10 Year Projection 2017 Projected Enrolment
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
Modified Student Housing Implementation
20 Year Projection 2027 Projected Enrolment
The decision to change the ultimate goal of the percentage of students in residence, adjusting the STRIDE Plan to 20% of enrolment, was made by the University. An incremental, rear loaded approach would be required to reach the revised goal. Faculty and Staff Housing As part of the contract with faculty and administrators, UWI offers housing to each qualified employee; by providing University-owned housing, or monetary compensation in the form of a “housing allowance”. While specific goals for University-owned housing have not been established, clearly there is a potential advantage to the University to own the housing as opposed to renting from the private sector, thereby reducing capital outflow into the private sector, and/or producing revenue retention to service debt associated with campus owned housing. At present, the University offers 142 housing units; 42 homes owned by the University are located on the North Campus; 4 are owned and located at Mt. Hope; and 11 are owned and located in the adjacent neighborhoods. The remaining 85 homes are leased from private owners within the adjacent neighborhoods. The 42 homes located in the North District are imagined to be demolished to accommodate future academic growth and development of this district in the 6 to 10 year projection of the Master Plan. Accordingly, it is recommended that replacement homes be built on other University land prior to the demolition of the existing homes; i.e. within the first five years of the Master Plan implementation. The plan has studied the possibilities for these homes to be accommodated either on the existing Agriculture Field Station property, the Orange Grove property (assuming clear title is acquired), or on procured / leased properties within the University Town District. There is sufficient land contained with these potential parcels and properties to accommodate the demolished housing located in the North District, and to potentially increase these numbers, if resources allow. Example of Existing Staff Housing
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
49
loss of open space The opportunistic placement of new buildings over many years has fragmented the structure of open space on campus, and complicated circulation and way-finding for campus users. While a considerable amount of open space exists, there is a lack of definition and character that renders much of campus less cohesive than it could be. The plan should protect and reinforce existing open space and create new and memorable open space in the development of new areas of campus.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
The core open space, colloquially known as the Savannah (a reference to the Queen’s Park Savannah, a key civic space in Port of Spain), has been interrupted by tennis courts, a swimming pool and an arbitrary driveway.
45 SPACES
The Arboretum, an important University legacy, is being lost. This heritage of the Imperial School of Tropical Agriculture (ICTA) is a collection of important species of tropical trees from across the globe, “stored” throughout the campus landscape. Some trees have signage indicating their species and native origin. However, records of the collection are not well maintained, and many specimens suffer neglect or loss due to building construction. The value of this collection is in jeopardy.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
Primary Civic Spaces Secondary Public Spaces Agriculture and Experimental Fields 100
Meters Feet
Existing Open Space
Existing Recreation Field East of the Administration Building
50
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
200
30
35
32
33
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
32%
23%
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
29%
33%
47%
24%
23% 1
6
PHASE 2
37%
Car Parks
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
58%
43%
5
10
15
17
43%
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
65
60
17%
53%
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
29%
100
Meters Feet
200
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
25
Existing Impervious Surface Coverage
Hardened Channels
Car Park
Savannah North of Library
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
51
land use capacity At first glance, the campus appears to offer little opportunity for growth, particularly for infill on the scale suggested by projected enrolment growth. This was a chief concern of campus administrators at the beginning of the planning process. The planning team found that the great majority of buildings are one or two storeys tall, suggesting a sprawling and inefficient use of land. This impacts two other important calculations: floor area ratio (F.A.R.), and the degree of impervious coverage. F.A.R., the amount of built square meters relative to the overall land area, is a measure of efficient use of land resources. It is not unusual for a well-organized campus to achieve a F.A.R. rating of 1.0. This is equivalent to covering the entire campus with a one-storey building or covering one-third of the campus with a three-storey building. Successful campuses achieve this degree of utilization, while preserving open space, by construction multi-storey facilities. Three- and four-storey buildings are typical. Most of the St. Augustine campus has a F.A.R. of less than .30. The south district, containing the engineering zone and JFK Library, is most dense. Areas of northern campus achieve a F.A.R. as low as .10 and average less than half the density of the south district.
South Engineering Aerial
Impervious coverage expresses the amount of ground surface covered by buildings, walkways, roads, and other paved areas, which causes water to run-off downstream. High numbers indicate that a larger portion of a property is impervious. This number is significant in two ways. First, impervious coverage has a direct impact on storm-water runoff: the more hardscape that exists on a property, the less rainfall is absorbed by the ground. Areas downstream of this coverage must deal with higher runoff or risk being flooded. Second, the number indicates a property’s effective land use, not just in terms of building footprint, but also with regard to the roads and walkways that support building access. Coverage in excess of 30 percent requires significant mitigation to avoid negative impacts. Nearly all the Main Campus exceeds that number. In fact, much of the existing surrounding development exceeds it. The southern district has more than 50 percent coverage. Only North Campus has low impervious coverage –approximately 19 percent.
Tallest Building- JFK Library
F.A.R. and impervious coverage calculations for the St. Augustine campus reveal very low building density and very high coverage. This presents a challenge for campus expansion in the face of growing enrolment, and supports a further critical discovery regarding building obsolescence and the need for demolition. Early in the planning process and in conjunction with the University, the planning team developed a list of obsolete build,ings that should be marked for demolition. Most these buildings are one or two storeys tall. Their removal would entail minimal loss of usable square footage. Many of these buildings are sited inefficiently, so their demolition will create opportunities to achieve effective density and other planning objectives.
Staff Cottages
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
28 SPACES
.191
27 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
45 SPACES
.244 .304
.312
.104 1
1
6
6
PHASE 2
.389
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
30
35
.765
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars)
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
20
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
.474
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
66
25
25
1 Storey 2 Storeys 3 Storeys 4 Storeys 5 Storeys
.441
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
.282 100
Meters 100
Meters Feet
52
Feet
200
Existing Building Height
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
.045
Existing FAR
200
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
Central District
North Campus
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
JFK Plaza
Creative and Festival Arts Complex
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
28 SPACES
32%
23%
27 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
45 SPACES
29%
33%
47%
24%
23%
1
6
1
6
PHASE 2
PHASE 2
37%
GRASS PARKING
GRASS PARKING
30
35
30
to Ramp parking basement
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
Ramp
to basement
parking
lot (20
20
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
spaces)
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
18
25
5
10
15
17
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
58%
43%
5
10
15
17
1
5 86
43%
85 1
10
80
5 86 85 14
75
10
80
15
14 70
75
20
15
New parking area (100 cars) 66
70
20
25
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
65
55
60
17%
53%
52
51 50
55
52
45
51 50
43
42
40 26
45
43
42 30
35
32
33
40 26
30
35
32
33
29%
100
Meters Feet
200
Feet
Existing Impervious
100
Meters 200
Potential Demolition Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
53
town / gown The University of the West Indies Campus predates much of the development that surrounds it. In fact, the campus has provided a significant stimulus to the region’s growth. Located within the boundaries of St. Augustine abutting Tunapuna, the University and its host community have a supportive and synergistic relationship. In addition, many other tertiary and secondary educational institutions are located around and adjacent to the campus. A cursory study, although far from comprehensive, indicates that a significant array of enterprises and businesses serve and support, or have significant interaction with UWI and/or its students, faculty and staff. This mutual dependency includes significant student housing in the surrounding neighborhoods. Growth over time has provided tremendous economic stimulus as well as contributed to strains on the region’s urban infrastructure.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
2
3
45 SPACES
5
9
1 6
4
17 8
7
10 11
12
1
6
13
14 PHASE 2
1. School of Accounting and Mgmt 2. St Augustine Tennis Club 3. North Hall 4. Lakshmi Girls Hundu College 5. St Augustine Community College 6. North Gate College 7. Guardian Life 8. Java 9. Market 10. St Augustine Private Hospital 11. Doctor and Construction Offices 12. Emerald Plaza Hotel 13. UWI Chaplancy 14. Total Image Mens Club 15. Shalimar Study Center 16. St Augustine Villas 17. Presbyterian Church Lands
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
15 Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
16
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
University Related/ Collocated
St. Joseph
Tunapuna St. Augustine
Tacarigua Macoya Intersection
Valsayn North Arouca Trincity, Arouca Valsayn South
Caroni Swamp
Piarco
Regional Corporations
54
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
areas of future consideration / partnerships The University enrolment growth is putting pressure on the current campus land resources. As appropriate density and preservation of open space approached, the University should consider adjacent and contiguous acquisition of additional land parcels. Two areas of future consideration include lands east of the St. Augustine Circular to the Tunapuna River and south of Watts Street to the Churchill Roosevelt Highway. This is a long-term objective, and fair- market value will be assessed to ensure equitable transactions.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
‘University Town’ Potential Partnership
The University also is interested in developing high-value partnerships in the interest of realizing strategic objectives, from housing and retail services, to mixed-use, Universityrelated development. An example of an existing partnership is with the republic bank. A future opportunity to form a partnership might be with the Presbyterian church. The church property presents the opportunity to provide a critical connection (land bridge) between central and north districts, while providing housing and other services by leasing space to the University and the community.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
New parking area (100 cars)
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
20
66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Areas of Future Consideration
Areas of Future Consideration Potential ‘Land Bridge’
Eastern Area of Future Consideration
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
55
creating a student-centered environment The STRIDE Plan mandates that campus facilities and organization become more studentcentered. This implies a greater emphasis on student life facilities, expanded support for graduate studies, and expansion of the Open Campus programmes and electronic media and communications facilities. The goal of a student-centered environment is the overall enrichment of students. This entails support for their social, recreational, spiritual needs, and physical/mental well-being. These needs may be met through a variety of facilities and programmes, and suggest that dining, social, recreational, health, and worship facilities be considered as components of the Master Plan programme. The STRIDE Plan also speaks to graduate enrolment growth. The scope of graduate student facilities is affected by this direction. Graduate students have needs that are distinct from undergraduates’ needs. These include dedicated housing and quiet study areas to provide a more studious environment, expanded hours for transit service, social venues distinct from those for the general student body, and laboratory and academic facilities specific to graduate-level research. The Open Campus programme is the primary means for distance learning students to connect with the University. It serves not only as a portal for academic instruction, but also as a conduit for remotely located student to participate in the social and organizational life of the University. As this programme’s size grows, so will its importance as a key means for unifying the UWI community.
Student Gardens
A Robust Pedestrian System of Walkways
56
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
pedestrian safety Although there is an established sidewalk system throughout main campus, it may be characterized as inadequate, and in many locations, incomplete. In several locations, there are no established walks along desired travel paths, and roadways become the means of travel. This lack of a dedicated pedestrian paths forces pedestrians and vehicles to share road space, thus jeopardizing pedestrian safety. It also hinders the efficient flow of vehicular traffic. Areas of particular concern lie at the north entrances to campus, where pedestrians must cross the busy Priority Bus Route and Eastern Main Road, and along the campus’ internal loop road, where pedestrians must walk in the road for extended distances. The internal roads on the eastern side of campus and around the Administration Building also pose a safety challenge due to the volume of pedestrian traffic. In other locations where pedestrian paths on campus are located, they are undersized for the pedestrian flow they support, and in many cases do not even allow two people to comfortably pass without one stepping off the sidewalk. Often these paths suffer from a lack of shade or shelter from the elements. There is a lack of clearly defined east-west pedestrian paths, and disabled-accessible paths, which adds to the hindrance of movement.
The pedestrian challenges are not limited solely to the campus. As the pedestrian traffic moves into (or from) the surrounding neighborhoods, paved surfaces typically are flanked by open drains with no sidewalks, forcing pedestrians to walk in the streets. This problem is especially severe in the area between Main and North Campuses, due to the numerous educational institutions located there. At certain times of day, the entire area is congested. Streets are filled with pedestrians, mixed with moving and parked vehicles. In the afternoon, parents often park on the streets to await their children, further exacerbating the problem. These conflicts have been a concern to the Ministry of Works and Transport for some time. Various suggestions for improving conditions have included converting some streets to one-way and restricting traffic in the area at school-closure times.
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
In some locations, walkways exist, but are incomplete. A good example of this phenomenon is along University Drive, where the sidewalk begins, and ends in grass. The pedestrian entrance at the south gate is a grass island that leads into the exiting traffic lane, which pedestrians have to cross to get to the JFK Underpass.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
One additional burden placed upon the pedestrian is navigation during or shortly after rain event; walks often become flooded or impassable. While storm-water management is a much larger problem, its impact to the pedestrian must be considered. As part of the Master Plan implementation, correction and improvement of the walkways must be implemented. Traditionally, sidewalks are provided as part of individual building projects, and typically installed only to the limits of that project. This mentality has produced a random and incomplete series of walking paths. In the future, it is strongly recommended that a comprehensive pedestrian network be considered as a stand-alone project, or series of projects. In so doing, the new pathways can be designed to address multiple concerns in a cohesive and complete manner, including design to address critical pedestrian flows (thereby providing appropriate width), appropriate shade and cover via the built and landscape environment, proper drainage, wheelchair and accessibility requirements, and accommodation of service and emergency vehicles where appropriate.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Existing Pedestrian/ Vehicular Conflicts
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
57
vehicular congestion and parking capacity Neighborhood roads are overburdened by traffic. Since the 1960’s, Trinidad and Tobago has prospered from the influx of petrodollars, and vehicle ownership has grown exponentially. This growing number of vehicles squeezes into a network of small local roads that do not permit rapid, efficient movement. The main trunk roads—Churchill-Roosevelt Highway and the Eastern Main Road—bear such heavy loads that traffic often slows to walking speed. Main Campus connects to these two trunk roads and theoretically is well-served by the national network. Agostini Street is a public road cutting through campus to connect the neighborhoods on either side. This cut-through traffic is increasingly problematic as the University expands across the St. Augustine Circular Road increasing volumes of student pedestrian traffic, conflicting with drivers unaware of the campus and behaviors of its students. This is an unsafe condition, which will get much worse with the completion of the New Teaching and Learning Facility. The University issues far more parking permits than there are parking spaces. This oversell rate creates frustration traffic congestion, impairs pedestrian movement, and impacts the remaining campus green space, because many drivers resort to parking on the grass. The situation is exacerbated by the lack of a robust regional transit strategy. The perceived unreliability of the University and national bus transit systems encourages many students to drive themselves to campus, regardless of whether or not they would prefer to take mass transit. As the analysis below suggests, the University needs to invest in a multi-modal transit strategy to avoid the very costly potential of having to construct over 2,000 additional parking spaces. These conditions generally promote ridership on a well-managed set of mass transit options.
Without a shift to multi-modal transit, the University will confront the need to construct over 2,000 new parking spaces. 4,000 PARKING SHORTFALL 170
940
1,287
2,076
3,500
3,000
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
Parking Demand 2% Annual Growth
Parking Supply Effective Supply (95% Occupancy)
2009
2011/12
2016/17 Timescale
58
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
2026/27
existing transit St. Augustine is served by the Priority Bus Route (PBR), with privately operated Maxi-Taxis and Public Transit Service Corporation (PTSC) buses. Maxi-Taxis operate informally on and off the PBR, with no designated stops other than the downtown Port of Spain Maxi-Taxi bus station. The PTSC buses service published stops. Although transit is faster than driving oneself, cars are often favored, because of crowding and lack of air-conditioning. UWI’s Estate Police Services currently operates a smallscale campus shuttle service, known as the ‘Student Shuttle.’ About one in 15 students use the shuttle occasionally, or about 980 students per day, based on 2007 enrolment. After 10 p.m., “On-Request” service is operated by Estate Police. Ridership is about 15 riders per hour between 10 p.m. and 5 a.m. This service is “door-to-door” because of safety concerns. Punctuality and reliability of the daytime service are major concerns. This should not be the case for the very short on-campus routes. For example, without published pick-up times at the bus stops, shuttles cannot adhere to consistent intervals. Therefore, the student shuttle is perceived as not being dependable or reliable and reinforces the desire to drive a personal vehicle. Users also have security and comfort concerns while waiting at stops, which are minimally conceived.
Inadequate bus stop
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
Priority Bus Route
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
Central Campus Route North and Main Route Alternate North and Main Route TGR Route Priority Bus Route Transit Stops 100
Meters Feet
Student Shuttle
200
Existing Transit Routes
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
59
storm water and flooding Floods have become frequent on and around campus, threatening infrastructure, building integrity, user health, and safety. To mitigate this problem, the campus needs a comprehensive approach to storm-water management. The challenge is compounded by the lack of a regional strategy to manage runoff from the watershed that drains through campus. A watershed is the region drained by a particular river, stream, or other watercourse. Storm-water runoff and flooding on campus and in the surrounding neighborhoods have increased over the last several years due to expanding urban development on the mountain slopes north of the St. Augustine campus. A watershed covering close to one square mile drains via two streams - the Tunapuna River, and Blackman Ravine; these define the eastern and western campus edges. Construction projects on the slopes of this watershed have stripped large areas of vegetation that normally would slow and absorb much of the runoff during heavy downpours. Approximately 25 percent of the forest cover has been clear-cut for development. Additional forest was destroyed by brush fire or cleared for agriculture. The loss of this natural forest buffer is exacerbated by new areas of impervious cover—buildings, roads, and paved parking—which only speed runoff water along its way. The campus stormwater system was designed to carry flow generated by 10-year storms.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
West Catchment 1
6
Middle Catchment
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
East Catchment
100
Meters Feet
200
Existing Storm-water Catchment System
60
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
As rain intensity increases due to global warming, the 10year storm event likely will be a more frequent occurrence. The Tunapuna drainage route reaches a pinch point at the Churchill-Roosevelt Highway along the south edge of campus. The culverts under the highway are overwhelmed, and the highway serves to dam the water, backing it up into the campus and adjacent neighborhoods. Drainage through Blackman Ravine is compromised by a sharp bend in the watercourse at the northwest corner of campus, and is compounded by a culvert bottleneck at Agostini Street. Since water naturally prefers to flow in a straight line, heavy runoff tends to overflow the bank at this bend and run straight ahead into the western side of campus.
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
Decades of use has handicapped the campus grounds’ ability to absorb rainfall. Thirty-one percent of campus is covered with impervious surfaces. The remaining 69 percent has “soft” land cover types with varying degrees of permeability. Due to compaction from mowing, parking on grass, and active use, extensive areas of lawn have a runoff coefficient of 80 to 90 percent, approaching that of hard surfaces.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
Rivers and Waterways Open Box Drains Runoff Swales Underground Piping Frequently Floods Flooded Nov. 13, 2006 Flood Hazard Locations
50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
51
200
Existing Drainage and Flood Conditions
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
61
infrastructure The wealth of the national of Trinidad and Tobago has experienced rapid growth due to oil and gas production during the past 10 years. The region of St. Augustine has seen a large portion of this growth in wealth due to its central location on the Island. As the prosperity of the population has improved, there has been a heavy increase in demand for air-conditioning to be added to all existing residential and commercial structures. This results in a heavier increase in electrical demand in this area than the pure population growth would indicate. Although campus infrastructure is maintained regularly, overall systems are insufficient for long-range growth. The campus frequently experiences brownouts and blackouts. Overhead power lines are visually undesirable, and subject to damage from storms and tree branches. Like the broader region, the St. Augustine campus of UWI also has experienced this growth and resulting desire for total air-conditioning of all spaces from residential, to academic, to administrative and student life areas. In an effort to provide a quick-fix solution to this demand for air-conditioning, the University Works Department has employed large numbers of small “split system” air-conditioners. A more efficient and cost-effective solution for cooling has been implemented in the current engineering complex of buildings by creating a centralized chiller plant to serve multiple buildings. The T&TEC substation serving the St. Augustine area has reached its maximum load capacity. At periods of extremely high demand, it sheds loads for a few hours until demand stabilizes. This causes unplanned, rolling power blackouts on campus and has caused many departments to add emergency generators. The T&TEC has no current plans to provide additional substations in the area. At this time, no additional buildings can be added to campus without causing further substation overload and creating more frequent power blackouts.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
Proliferation of ‘Spits’
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters Feet
Aging Electrical Service
62
200
Existing Optical Fiber Distribution
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
Pole with Lamp Pole without Lamp Transformer Overhead Lines Underground Lines 100
Meters Feet
200
Existing Electrical Layout
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
63
campus security The people of Trinidad perceive high crime, not always consistent with actual crime statistics. This fosters a defensive mentality, resulting in the presence of chain-link fences and concertina wire, particularly in urban areas. This “better safe than sorry” approach has swathed the campus in multiple layers of security fencing that envelop individual buildings, multi-building complexes, and various portions of property, as well as the overall campus perimeter. While this abundant fencing gives the impression of tight security, it actually has several negative effects. Besides degrading the visual quality of campus, it conveys the message that students are intruders on their own campus, and hinders efficient movement and visual scanning of the surrounding area. Research shows that when internal fences come down, “community” is reinforced as people take a more active role in monitoring their territory. Research also shows that chain-link security fencing implies a lack of active security and may be perceived as a less-effective barrier than some other types of perimeter fencing.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
There also are deficiencies in campus security strategy. Notable among these is the lack of coordination between outdoor lighting, building placement, and landscaping. This results in many dark areas on campus at night, an obvious challenge to personal safety. The campus’ blue-light security phones are few and difficult to find. No Mass Notification System is currently in place to warn of possible security risks, implement a campus lockdown, or warn of natural disasters requiring evacuation.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
New security measures are being applied, which is encouraging. An ID card system currently in development will improve people monitoring, separating strangers from legitimate visitors. CCTV security cameras also have been installed. At this time, they are limited in number. These are hard-wired to monitors in the Campus Security office or in remote facilities offices and require constant attention from security personnel to be effective. This current system is mainly a deterrent to crime when the cameras are visible to possible perpetrators.
Ramp
18
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
29
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
Fence Lines Retention Walls and Barriers 100
Meters Feet
200
Existing Site Fencing and Walls
Milner Hall across Agostini/ St. Augustine Circular
64
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
branding/ sense of place The St. Augustine Campus is a unique environment with a defining “sense of place�, there is nothing, no environment, quite like it on the Island of Trinidad. It is also a special and distinct regional University campus, unusual in many ways. However, recent growth and the associated urban growth is eroding its character. Although the campus maintains a perimeter that is fenced and points of entry/security, it is becoming less clear as to when you have arrived. Public roads, multiple layers of fencing, expanding land holdings/boundaries and increasing density of the campus and its host community have all contributed to blurring of a once clear and defining UWI St. Augustine place and brand.
OBJECTIVES + DRIVERS
This, in addition to the inconsistent approach to architectural design, a lack of coordinated signage, campus directories and identification rob campus of the consistency necessary to recapture a sense of place and local character. The chain-link; barbed-wire security fences and overhead power lines also impair the campus’ visual appeal. Closely related to the loss of campus character is the need for attention to the details that help establish a sense of institutional identity. The use of school colours, well-designed signage, landscaping, banners, lighting and outdoor furniture help not only to create a sense of character, but also to associate that character with the University as an institution. A strong sense of place can be created by doing small things well and consistently.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
65
master plan the campus master plan
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Master Plan Illustrative- 20 Year
68
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
the illustrative 20-year master plan
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
NORTH DISTRICT
This illustrative rendering depicts the planning vision for the ultimate build-out of The St. Augustine Campus. It embodies the concepts of the Master Plan through its depiction of buildings, green spaces, and the connective tissue of campus - walkways, roads, and landscapes. The following pages present the complexity of the scheme, and an explanation of how its various components resolve the challenges confronting the University. Although this Master Plan covers a 10-year period, it is necessary to present a vision of campus that looks toward a 20-year planning horizon in order to understand short-term actions within the framework of long-term goals.
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
UNIVERSITY TOWN
CENTRAL DISTRICT
The Master Plan’s response to the context, objectives, and drivers, may be represented, in its essence, by a diagram called a ‘parti.’ This depicts the principal concepts of the campus design. The principal strategies of the Master Plan are reinforcing open space and revising circulation to return the campus to the pedestrian. It depicts property and key open spaces (shown in green), movement systems (black solid and dashed lines), and entrance gates (arrows and circles).
1
6
EAST DISTRICT
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Proposed Main Campus Parti Diagram
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
SOUTH DISTRICT CEMETA
RY
30
35
32
33
The parti presents the new organization of campus, with a well-defined internal loop road separate from a public road that will bypass the campus. These roads coordinate with the main thoroughfares and transit routes bounding campus to the north and south. Within the campus properties, the buildings organize around the key open spaces, shown in dark green. These spaces, in conjunction with landmark buildings (yellow) define the central organizing axes for the future campus. The new campus access points also speak to the revised circulation, as well as to improvements to campus security strategy. Noteworthy items are the bold arrows to indicate the main entrances, north and south; orange arrows representing transit access from the bus and rail systems; and red lines indicating pedestrian and transit connections between the districts.
District Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
69
2
4
1
3
Proposed Future Land Use
land use
Academic Medical Complex Research Park Housing Agriculture Farm
The University maintains property at four locations in central Trinidad:
1.
The Main Campus covers 62.3 hectares (154 acres). It includes academic, administrative, research, housing, support, and student life spaces.
2.
The North Campus covers 21 hectares (52 acres). It is primarily occupied by single-family faculty housing although it also includes some academic and support space, as well as the seismic research center on an outlying parcel.
3.
The Orange Grove property, which covers 85.4 hectares (211 acres). This currently unused property is (three miles) east of Main Campus, covering 85.4 hectares (211 acres). The University is in the process of securing this land based on previous commitments.
4.
The Research Station, which covers 48.2 hectares (119 acres). Two miles west of Main Campus, adjacent to the Mount Hope Medical Complex, the Research Station is UWI’s Research Farm. The nationally administered Mount Hope complex shares clinical teaching space with the hospital.
Main and North Campus
The planning team needed to resolve the University’s land use at its broadest level before a programme for Main and North Campuses could be defined. Discussions with UWI administrators helped to define a strategy for the two outlying properties. The Master Plan envisions these properties as new satellite campuses dedicated to specific programmes. This will serve to relieve Main Campus of some of the pressure of expanding enrolment. The Research Station will develop into a medical teaching campus and research park, and incorporating all the programmes collocated with the Mount Hope Hospital complex. It is important to note that this property lies at the corner of the most important highway intersection in the nation, where the main routes of north-south and east-west movements occur. This location positions UWI on a prominent location nationally.
Research Farm and Mt. Hope
The Orange Grove will replace the research farm over time and become the new heart of the University’s agricultural field research programme in Trinidad. It will also include faculty housing, a research park, and an agriculture farm. Decanting these programmes to new, dedicated space will allow them to consolidate and renew their facilities efficiently and conveniently, while freeing up crucial space on Main Campus for new uses. North campus will see new usage with a mix of academic, administrative, and housing space. It will be strongly linked to Main Campus via reinforced pedestrian and transit routes.
Orange Grove
70
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
The implementation of the long-range 20-year plan, will require a composite of new facilities, demolition of existing facilities, and the implementation of non-building infrastructure projects required to support the new construction.
demolition and programme analysis
As prioritization of the implementation is developed, care must be given to replace demolished functions with equitable square meters prior to demolition. Central utility systems, or some portion of them, will need to be installed to support the new construction. Where possible, it is recommended that a consolidation of implementation be considered by Districts, to coordinate the road, sidewalk, utility, and site work projects with the greatest efficiency. Where the combining multiple projects is impractical, or where adjacent implementation occurs in alternative phases, it is recommended that the future needs of the infrastructure be carefully considered, to determine the appropriate level of work at any time. There will be instances where consideration of multiple districts will be required simultaneously, such as the need to relocate the Works Complex to the North District, prior to implementing the new Center for Creative and Festival Arts in the Central District.
GRASS PARKING GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
1
6
6
TENNIS COURTS
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING GRASS PARKING
30
30
35
35
to Ramp parking basement
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
spaces)
Ramp
20
25
to basement
parking
lot (20
spaces)
29
49 TOTAL SPACES 18
1
5
10
15
20
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
17
1
5
10
15
17
1
1 5 86 85
5 86 85 10
80
10 14 80
75 14 15 75
70
20
15
New parking area (100 cars)
70 66 20
New parking area (100 cars)
25 66
25
65
65
60
60
55
52
55
51 50
52
51 50
45
43 45
42
43
40 26
42
30
35
32
33
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
100
Meters
200
Feet
Potential Buildings for Demolition
200
Proposed 20 Year Plan
Programme Accommodation and Demolition Summary (does not include housing and parking garage, Open Campus)
Total SM
Academic
Admin
Support
Athletics
Works
Existing SM 2007/2008 1 to 5 Year Plan
190,988
124,079
10,938
38,675
11,537
5,760
New
126,871 18,585 108,287
76,573
7,578
27,074
7,880
7,765
9,662
974
2,937
-
5,011
66,910
6,604
24,137
7,880
2,755
22,402
3,345
9,775
1,684
772
-
-
267
-
-
22,402
3,345
9,509
1,684
772
46,092
4,251
13,471
1,397
399
Demolition TOTAL ADD
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
CEMETARY
6 to 10 Year Plan New Demolition TOTAL ADD
37,978 267 37,712
11 to 20 Year Plan New Demolition TOTAL ADD
65,610 1,865 63,745
1,865
-
-
-
-
44,227
4,251
13,471
1,397
399
400,731
257,618
25,138
85,792
22,498
9,685
20 YEAR TOTALS
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
71
programme accommodation by phase The projects depicted in the Master Plan may roughly be divided into two types – those which must occur in a particular sequence, and those which may be undertaken independently from each other. The key cluster of sequenced projects centers on shifting some facilities to the North District in order to free areas of the Central District for reorganization. The sequences presented in the Master Plan represent the most efficient series of moves. Changing circumstances, however, may compel the University to alter the prioritization or sequence of some projects. The particulars of a situation may call for flexibility, even while staying the course of the plan.
Master Plan Phase Programme Projections TOTAL SM Main & North Campus
Academic
Admin
Support
Athletic
Works
Housing
Parking Garages
2011/2012
161,562
66,910
6,604
24,137
7,880
2,755
34,506
18,769
2016/2017
76,090
22,402
3,345
9,509
1,684
772
22,087
16,291
2026/2027
144,104
44,227
4,251
13,471
1,397
399
50,539
29,821
Total New Space
381,756
133,539
14,200
47,117
10,961
3,926
107,132
64,881
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
North Campus Growth- 5 Years
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
North Campus Growth- 10 Years
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
5 Years 10 Years 20 Years
CEMETAR
Y
100
Meters Feet
North Campus Growth- 20 Years
72
Proposed Building Phasing
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
40 26
200
30
35
32
33
programme allocation Today’s campus is loosely organized into western academic and eastern residential areas, with administrative and student life facilities forming a buffer in between. The Master Plan maintains this scheme, and extends it to the North District, as well. The academic facilities range along the western edge of campus, for the most part, with some newer facilities on the east side. At present, the faculties are clustered. Engineering facilities cluster at the southwest corner, Humanities and Education at the northwest corner, with Science and Agriculture situated in between. Social Science facilities are widely placed.
General Academic Engineering Humanities & Education Social Sciences Science & Agriculture
During planning, the question arose whether to integrate facilities of different programmes, or to retain their present, clustered organization. Many universities are moving toward an integrated model, where shared facilities encourage interdisciplinary cooperation. This model does pose its own challenges and is not the only means for promoting intellectual “cross pollination.” The Steering group felt it advisable to continue the campus’ current academic zoning, rather than attempt to force change through radical programme relocations. The Master Plan, therefore, follows the current pattern of zoning, but growing enrolment compels some strategic relocations to preserve efficient function of the academic community. For example, several new buildings are intended for general use research, academic, and classroom space. This will allow the University to engage in targeted mixes of disciplines to foster a useful degree of interdisciplinary cooperation without disrupting established patterns of behavior.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
The core of the Festival and Creative Arts programme will return to the Central District adjacent to the related Humanities programme. This will free the North District space for the Open Campus programme, which, because of its distance learning focus, has less need for physical proximity to other programmes and facilities.
45 SPACES
The development of North District also creates the opportunity to provide Social Sciences with updated facilities. This programme will maintain robust connections to the rest of the Campus via their continued presence in the building adjacent to JFK Library, and strengthened pedestrian and transit links between campuses.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
spaces)
20
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
GRASS PARKING
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
100
Meters Feet
200
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Existing Buildings by Faculty
45 SPACES
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
1
5
10
15
17
6
1
5 86 85
TENNIS COURTS
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) GRASS PARKING
66
25
30
35
65
to Ramp parking basement
60
55
52
Academic Housing Student Services Recreation Parking Utilities
50
18
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
29
10
15
17
43
42
40 26
1
30
35
32
33
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
CEMETAR
Y
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETARY
200
100
Meters Feet
Proposed Building by Use
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
45
POND
100
Meters Feet
Ramp
51
200
Proposed Buildings by Faculty
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
73
222
207 320
St. Augustine Senior Comprehensive School
Hugh Wooding Law School
GRASS PARKING
412
309
417 219
240
146
145
201
418
243
238
410
28 SPACES
405
152
310
219B
241
304
314
318 305
424
302
150
413
154 401
27 SPACES
211
313
303 409
151
419
301
422
315
316
45 SPACES
HiLo Supermarket
15
402
20 18
17 19
209B 209
208 406
209A
206
317
25 26 25A 27A
231
27B
117
2
29 31 32
404
210
235
236
126
230
228
33
1 227
224
217
229 1
245 223
45 TS TENNIS COUR
237
408
6
44
233
216
121
40 407
215
218
141 UWI Chaplaincy
244
139 403
116 235A
212 GRASS PARKING
55 54
204
225
30
226
111
60
35
109
to Ramp parking basement
61
231
234
61
420
203
66 63
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
5
10
220 221
64 205
70
69 71
72
77
73
87
78 79 81
86 85
135
80
14
15
103
70
20
66
95
206A
65
148
60
55
52
95A
51 50
45
43
42
95B
90
40 26
89
80
New parking area (100 cars)
25
88
86
84
1
5
10
75
137
POND
17
100
75
74
15
414
411
102
65
415
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
62
76
416
140
421
307 306
94 97 CEMETAR
149
Y
214
93
30
35
32
33
143
202
308
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Building Inventory
74
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
proposed building inventory 1 2 15 17 18 19 20 25 26 29 31 32 33 40 44 45 54 55 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 84 86 87 88 89 90 93 94 95 97 100 102 103 104 109 111 116 117 121 126 134 135 137 139 140 141 143 145 146 148 149 150 151 152 153 154
Administration Dudley Huggins Building Education Education Arcon 2 Education Library Multimedia Production Center School of Education Tissue Culture Unit Biotechnology Unit Campus IT Services UWIDEC, SCS TTPOST Agriculture Labs, SCS, Republic Bank CFNI Agriculture Extension (CARDI), Fredrick Hardy Frank Stockdale Food Production, Food Biology Lab Chemical Bunker C1 (Chemistry) SALISES, LAW IIR- Institute of International Relations Natural Sciences (Life Sci, Maths and Comp Sci, Physics) CARIRI Electronics Workshop Surveying and Land Information Food Technology Lab Electrical and Computer Lab Hazardous Chemical Store Systems Lab Chemical Engineering Lab Shared Computer Lab Mechanical Engineering (block 13) PBX room, Engineering Stores and Workshop Electrical Engineering (block 1), Mechanical Engineering Engineering Welding Shop Mechanical Engineering/ CAD/ CAM Industrial Engineering Lab, Instrumentation Lab Mechanical Engineering Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering Lab Fuel Injection Store JFK Auditorium Main Library Humanitites (FL3), Social Sciences (FL2) Cafeteria (Student Guild), Pub Cafeteria (JFK) Canada Hall Canada Hall Student Activity Center New Canada Hall Common Room Management Lecture Theatre Learning Resources Center (LRC) Trinity Hall Health Centre Student Administration Building Principal’s Office Centre for Language Learning Bookshop, Distance Edu, SCS, Monetary Milner Hall Milner Hall Water Tanks SPEC Social Sciences (New) Lawn Tennis Complex New Teaching and Learning Facility Student Lecture Auditorium Player’s Pavilion Centre for Creative and Festival Arts School of Continuing Studies Nets Cemetary New St Johns Road Hall of Residence The University School (for Children) Sixth Form Building Seismic Research Centre HEU Building
Proposed Buildings 201 202 203 204 205 206 206A 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 235A 236 237 238 238A 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320
CCFA Phase II Expansion Running Track for SFW Field Security, HR and Administration, Marketing and Communication, Guild Student Advisory, Business Development Office, Personnel and Industrial Relations Senior Common Room Upgrade Library Renovation and Expansion Upgrade North Gates and Fencing Upgrade South Gates and Fencing Works Complex/ Campus Projects Center for Creative and Festival Arts Parking Deck/ Leasable Space Energy Plant Family Development Center Optometry/ Health Center Canada Hall Renovations Canada Hall- Post Grad Milner Block #1 Milner Block #2 Milner Block #3 Milner Commons Psych Research/ Mgmt Studies Trinity Housing Block #1 Trinity Housing Block #2 Seismic Research Centre Expansion and Administrative Services Swimming Pool Eric Williams Collection Museum Center for Graduate Students Daycare and Homework Center Chemistry Building Interdisciplinary Research Labs General Use Auditorium and Classrm Humanities and Education Bldg Engineering Bldg Shade/ Greenhouses Science and Agriculture Building Addition to Student Admin. Student Union Non-denominational Worship Center Food Court General Classroom and Lecture High Density Staff Housing Staff Commons Add Single Family Homes on Orange Grove Law Building ISER, IIR and Salises Renovate Bldg 60 Open Campus (Gordon St) Open Campus (Central Campus) Recreation Center Republic Bank New Security Guard Station
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423
Academic Building Academic Building Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Academic Building Academic Building New General Use Auditorium and Classrm Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Academic Building Administrative Services New Library Annex Parking Deck Parking Deck Recreation Center Energy Plant Housing Housing Housing Housing Housing/ Housing Commons Housing Housing Housing/ Housing Commons Cricket Field
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Existing Buildings to Remain
New General Use Auditorium and Classroom Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Social Science Building Administrative Services Student Center Parking Deck Cricket Stadium Track and Field Stadium, Spectator Pavilion and Changing Facilities Energy Plant Housing Housing Housing Common Space Housing Housing New Center for Creative Arts Food Court Football Field New Campus Projects Office/ Works
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
75
student housing growth The most salient characteristic of UWI’s history is its tremendous enrolment growth. The policies of the Vision 2020 Plan and STRIDE Plan ensure this growth will be sustained for the next two decades. As campus life and vitality are significantly related to the number of students in residence, the University wishes to grow significantly in this area. The current on-campus housing offering is approximately 8.5 percent of the total current enrolment. The desire to increase the proportion of international students is also a contributing factor in the decision to raise the percentage of students housed on campus. While many housing growth scenarios were considered, the University determined the 20-year goal as increasing the students housed on campus to 20 percent of the enrolment. In order to accommodate 20 percent of the 2026/27 projected enrolment, a nearly five-fold increase of current beds will be required; i.e. from a current bed count of 1,116 (once St. John Road is occupied) to approximately 5,490 beds. Given the challenge of this endeavor, the University determined to pursue an incremental growth such that in five years, the target will be 12 percent; in 10 years 15 percent; and then in 20 years, the 20 percent ultimate goal. New housing to support the targeted enrolment of the first 10 years through 2017 will fit within the existing land holdings of the Central and North Districts, However, as efforts to push towards the 20 percent accommodation goal in the 20-year period, and in conjunction with the concurrent build out of the other necessary academic and support facilities, available land holdings will become challenged. Additional properties will need to be acquired either through purchase or lease.
Canada Hall
While the procurement of any land adjacent to the existing University land holdings is highly desirable, it is also important to find solutions that provide a strong link between the North and Central Districts, thereby providing a physical unification of the overall campus. It is vital to create a pedestrian route to link these campus districts. The proposed Transit Mall lies too far to the west to be convenient to eastern portions of campus, so a second, more centralized route has been identified. Because this connection is so important to the daily function of campus, the University should seek property to serve as a “land bridge,” where it can define paths, landscaping, and development to strengthen the campus-to-campus connection. Of particular interest is the block between Wilson and Austin Streets, where a long strip of property owned by the Presbyterian church stretches for nearly the entire gap between campuses. The Planners suggest that the University explore the purchase and/or long-term lease of this parcel, as well as various development implementation options. One such option is construction of a “University Town” development. This would include a mix of housing, social activity space, and leasable commercial space. This type of mixed-use development is an effective creator of community, and contributes positively to neighborhood life, while providing necessary housing opportunities, as well as a main pedestrian thoroughfare between districts.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
Student housing makes up the largest portion of future campus construction. Its complexity and scope urge the need for UWI to develop a new business model for department management, programme connectivity, and a comprehensive plan for implementation. This plan would precisely determine the quantity and types of housing needed to support student populations, coordinate housing and related facilities, such as student centers and dining facilities, and look for possibilities inherent in the University Town development and Land Bridge concept. It would examine factors that affect housing and explore options to address them. This study is vital to bridge the gap that exists between the Master Plan’s broad perspective, and the detailed financial analysis needed to properly
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
29
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
CEMETAR
Y
5 Years 10 Years 20 Years
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Housing by Phase
76
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
student life GRASS PARKING
inform the development of such a large programme. The quality of on campus student life is dependent upon many factors: available housing and associated dining options; integration of a diverse population bridging the varied nationalities, academic pursuits, and levels of learning; the creation of space to have casual conversation and to build relationships; the availability of recreational and athletic pursuits; space to study both individually and in small groups; and places to simply relax and enjoy life.
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
The Master Plan’s proposed construction of many new student-life facilities stems from several drivers outlined in the STRIDE plan. These include: •
1
6
More students PHASE 2
•
More students in on-campus housing
•
Expansion of graduate studies
•
A greater international mix within the student body
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
•
Creation of a student-centered environment.
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
An additional driver is the need to start separating recreational sports and intramural athletics facilities as enrolment and athletic programmes grow. Feet
As the student population grows, the need for on campus housing to meet the needs to undergraduate, graduate and special needs housing will increase. As housing increases, the need for direct support service, such as diverse dining service offerings, are equally vital. The Master Plan supports the additions of these amenities in all districts where housing is proposed, particularly in the North District, where much of the new housing will be located. Specific designation and design of these new residential facilities will need to be considered to meet the current needs and integration of the varied types of student which will attend the University. Furthermore, it is recommended that the University conduct a detailed study and planning exercise for the future residential programme, to address these concerns and the appropriate mix of support facilities.
Existing Student Services Existing Food Services
100
Meters 200
Existing Student Services
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
The student life experience occurs outside the classroom as much as it does within. The creation of outdoor and public space is vitally important to the quality of life. The master plan is dedicated to preserving, enhancing, and creating new outdoor opportunities and green space for the enrichment of its occupants. This theme is carried out in all districts, regarding the intentional placement of proposed new facilities, as well as the designation of no-build zones. This mentality is further expanded upon in other sections of this Master Plan document. Recreation and athletic competition is a vital part of the Caribbean and the UWI culture. The Master Plan proposes significant growth of both areas of need. A new athletic track and football field, including stadiums for track and field and cricket are to be located in the South Campus District. A new recreational swimming pool and recreational center, are to be located in the Central Campus District. As the North Campus District is developed, a new cricket field and Recreational Center are proposed as part of the development.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
45 SPACES
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
Libraries are a vital part of any academic pursuit and student life experience. While the existing JFK library is meeting the current need, as the University grows, so must its offerings. The Master Plan proposes to add a significant new “Information Commons “space to the existing library in order to meet the changing needs of the student to have a highly interactive and small group space. As the North Campus District is developed, there will be a need for a satellite library in this district as well. When the lands east of the university are acquired, additional student life amenities may be required in this district as well.
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
Proposed Food Kiosk Proposed Student Services Existing Student Services Existing Food Services
35
32
33
CEMETAR
Y
100
Meters Feet
40 26
30
200
Proposed Student Services
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
77
libraries The digital revolution is changing the nature of academic libraries. The functional model of the library is shifting from one of quiet individual study to an energized, team learning, media-moderated social space. Print media certainly will always play a part in study and research, but electronic media is preempting its role as the primary source of information. Coincident with this technological shift is a behavioral shift in how learners acquire knowledge. The rote methods of the classroom lecture, and its distinction between the roles of teacher and student, are giving way to a studio-like environment where these roles converge in an atmosphere of group-based, collaborative, critical thinking. Impetus for this change comes from today’s generation of media-savvy students: habitual multitaskers who function best in a stimulating participatory environment that is part café, part symposium, rather than in the passive space of a lecture hall or the monastic quiet of a traditional library. To adapt, the JFK Library first must reclaim former carrel space gobbled up over the years by its growing collection. A new dense storage annex, adjacent to the library, will house the low-circulation items from the library’s collections. The annex will rely on track-mounted movable stacks to maximize storage. Library technical services can be housed more appropriately. This freeing of space also will allow study and carrel space to be reinserted into the collection floors of the library. The return of study capacity to the library will accompany architectural changes to support the character of the new learning environment. The north side of the library, overlooking the Savannah, will become the Information Commons. This will be a creativity laboratory for innovative pedagogy and student projects; a digital resources nexus supporting instruction, research, assessment, and planning; and showcase to share results and practices among learners, institutions and agencies. Its technology-rich environment will facilitate the use of innovative learning technologies, permitting smooth transitions to new technology as it develops. The views of the Savannah, outdoor plaza, and possible informal spaces like lounges and café spaces will blend the academic function of the library with a new social dynamic to sustain the Library as the intellectual heart of the university community while activating the savannah at its southern end. The UWI must consider the character of the proposed North Campus Library in light of the changes discussed above. The design of this facility will be an opportunity to define a new approach to the academic library. Important factors to consider are the direction set by the JFK Library’s proposed Information Commons, and the North District Library’s potential relationship with the nearby programmes such as the Open Campus and Hugh Wooding Law School. Forward trends in library design and library science should be explored as part of this investigation.
Existing North Elevation of JFK Library
New Information Commons on North Face of Library
78
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
open campus Electronic communications are fostering the growth of round-the-clock social and academic life on university campuses. Information that used to be available only during library hours may now be accessed any time of day or night, from virtually any location. Academic and research activity, conferences, and discussions are beginning to involve participants from other nations and continents. This development is a driver in the growth of the University’s Open Campus – a crucial resource, given the international nature of this institution whose facilities span three time zones. The Open Campus, in fact, is considered the University’s fourth campus. It is a chief means for the school to provide educational services to the 12 host nations that do not have physical campuses. Expansion of the Open Campus programme is a key strategy of the STRIDE plan to “enable the University to expand the scope, enhance the appeal and improve the efficiency of its service to the individuals, communities and countries which it serves.” While space needs for Open Campus facilities at St. Augustine are relatively minor, the programme requires a dependable, robust electronic network and utility infrastructure. The programme requires a robust, dependable electronic network and utility infrastructure. Its space needs are relatively minor, at present, but will increase as the programme grows. The Master Plan provides a new facility to support Open Campus adjacent to the Center for Creative and Festival Arts in the North District. These two programmes will share space on the CCFA grounds, until the planned relocation of the CCFA programme to the Central District. At that time, the remaining North District CCFA buildings will be turned over to the Open Campus programme. This is scheduled to happen late in the first five-year plan.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Existing Arts Complex to be Turned Over to Open Campus
North Campus Arts Complex
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
79
pedestrian circulation An effective circulation strategy must address three types of movement- pedestrian, vehicular, and mass transit. The proposed circulation strategy takes three main actions: •
It separates the flows of pedestrian and vehicular traffic for improved safety and efficiency,
•
It properly manages parking capacity for vehicles on campus.
•
It unifies the fragmented components of the transit system (buses, Maxi Taxis, and the proposed rapid rail system) into an efficient whole, with sufficient capacity for the population it serves.
The tropical climate and lack of shade along most walkways often makes walking this large campus an uncomfortable activity. Because many walkways are poorly located, pedestrians tend to cut through the open spaces, thereby wearing desire lines into the grass. Walkways are lacking in some areas, which forces automobiles and foot traffic to share roadways. Additionally, heavy pedestrian flows across roadways at several spots pose a safety risk to pedestrians and create delays for drivers. Key to resolving these concerns are the relocation of walkways on campus to provide more efficient routes; shading walkways with trees and arcades; and restructuring the roadways to the perimeter, to avoid pedestrian conflicts and to promote efficient traffic flow.
EXISTING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters Feet
200
Covered Walkways Open Walkways Building Overhangs Green Space Paths of Travel Existing Pedestrian Circulation
80
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
Pedestrian connections to the North District need to be addressed as new facilities appear there. The Master Plan takes three actions to support this: •
McCarthy Street will be reinforced as a pedestrian route by sidewalk improvements and shade tree plantings
•
A pedestrian bridge will connect the Student Union to the sidewalks on the far side of the grade-separated Priority Bus Route
•
A new pedestrian crossing will be established at Austin Street, and the pedestrian route up that street will be reinforced with sidewalk improvements and shade trees.
The North District itself will reflect the use of trees and building arcades to provide shelter along walkways. The North District, although relatively compact, is organized around open spaces and landscapes that reinforce the pedestrian experience with shade and cover when possible. Streetscapes shall provide for pedestrian activity by providing parallel but separate sidewalks. A walkway between the secondary school and law school leading to the relocated works department and seismic building should be negotiated.
PROPOSED
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
45 SPACES
1
6
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
200
Covered Walkways Open Walkways Proposed Pedestrian Circulation
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
81
open space A primary resource of the St. Augustine Campus is the natural and urban setting i.e. the view corridors to the mountains and open spaces. Although campus is heavily developed with hardscape and buildings, its views of the northern mountains are commanding. The life, vitality and mission of the campus community is not confined to the indoors. Campus open space serves an important extension to the academic experience, a living laboratory, a setting for learning, community, and recreation. At present, the campus open space is disorganized, its character compromised and lacking definition because of haphazard building placements, fences and parking lots. The Master Plan seeks not only to preserve green acreage, but to shape it, and give form and identity to the open spaces. The trees of the Arboretum have been neglected in some instances, but still carry potential as teaching tools. They infuse the campus landscape with a truly unique character. Outstanding among the collection are the Rain Trees (Samanea saman). These majestic specimens, which grow as high as 80 feet and span a width of 100 to 150 feet, dot the campus, particularly at the center between JFK Library and the Administration Building. Their boughs, covered with bromeliads and ferns resemble miniature forests. The need to protect and expand the Arboretum provided additional direction to development of an open space scheme.
EXISTING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
Primary Civic Space Secondary Public Space Plazas Agriculture Fields
100
Meters Feet
200
Existing Open Space
82
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
Much of the campus’ new character will derive from four large open spaces. The first space lies at the heart of the Central District and stretches from the JFK Library to the Sir Frank Stockdale Building. ‘The Savannah’ will be enhanced in its present role as campus “Central Park” by defining its boundaries with new buildings and major pedestrian paths. Walkways will promote movement across the Savannah and eliminate desire lines. The Administration Building will be framed by new academic and student life buildings that define an “imperial green” of space stretching from the historic CFNI building to old Milner Hall. This organization celebrates the Administration Building as the key historic landmark on campus dating from the 1920’s, and heart of the original ICTA campus. The North District will be reconceived around a new open space system and that recalls the Savannah, providing contrast and relief to a dense urban academic and residential development. To the east is envisioned a future large green space. This area will preserve and extend an existing stand of mature trees, and ensure that the beauty of the natural landscape continues its role as a major source of campus character. A priority in building placement and shaping space is to accommodate the Arboretum. At the micro scale, the plan proposed to reshape the campus into quads or rings of buildings linked by tree-shaded paths. The building edges align with these paths to give shape to the larger open spaces. The quads hold green space at their centers to create pockets of natural beauty, and form a network of local neighborhoods within the greater architectural fabric of campus.
PROPOSED
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
45 SPACES
1
6
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
Primary Civic Space Secondary ‘Quads’ Plazas
30
35
32
33
CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
40 26
200
Proposed Open Space
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
83
landscape structure The life and health of the campus community can be extended to the outdoors. The UWI Campus landscape can provide a setting for the buildings; define a hierarchy of spaces for learning, socializing, and recreation. The campus landscape has the potential to serve as an important extension to the academic experience, providing a living laboratory for students, faculty and staff. The enhancement of the existing open space and the future development will be guided by a framework of enhanced green corridors, connecting paths, gateways, central campus green/ parkland and special gathering areas. At the UWI Campus, the landscape is designed to create public gathering places for the University community, as well as create positive connections to the immediate neighborhood. The Master Plan of the campus landscape takes advantage of existing open space structure for the creation of new spaces. Protecting existing vegetation, and introducing architectural elements, such as walls and water features helps to strengthen the campus structure. The preservation of the Arboretum was a driving concern in the Master Plan’s building placements, open space strategy, and landscape guidelines, and yet, the University does not have an existing tree inventory of the Arboretum or a management plan to guide its development. As mentioned elsewhere in this document, many trees have been lost through the years, and some existing specimens suffer neglect. This legacy must be maintained actively if it is to be of benefit to the University in coming years. Important first steps are the creation of an Arboretum inventory, and development of a management plan and management team to oversee its caretaking.
EXISTING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
Park Section
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
Woodland Section
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
33
200
Existing Tree Canopy
84
35
32
100
Meters Feet
30
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Natural Zone Section
Central Campus Green Savannah/Parkland includes a simple arrangement of two plant layers: manicured lawns with specimen canopy trees. New Tree Plantings are strategically located to reinforce the central parkland and rehabilitate the arboretum nature of the Campus. Quadrangles are designed as fully/ partially contained spaces protected by a complex of buildings. These are also the extension of the buildings’ interiors, with a variety of paving and textures to evoke interest. The vegetation also helps to reduce the monolithic quality of paving. Gardens at key entries and small garden spaces can also complement the building architecture, support casual outdoor activity and enliven the campus landscape. Intimate spaces/ unique features on the campus can offer opportunities for meditation and intimate scale interaction. Athletic Fields located on the fringes of the campus offer the first views of the campus approaching from the east. Traditional allees characterized by use of vegetation and landscape elements in an architectural manner are proposed in the ceremonial areas. The overall strategy for vegetation is to create communities of native plants and restore the multi-layered pattern of forest and woodland communities, with canopy, understory, shrub and groundcover plants native to the eco-region. In the natural swale areas, for instance, a lowland plant community should be established. The design of such a landscape would reflect the natural landforms, reinforce the natural hydrologic cycle and would be an amenity for the University community. For the St. Augustine Campus, the landscape should be designed to create public gathering places for the residential University community. The campus landscape should take advantage of existing topography for the creation of new spaces, protect existing vegetation, and introduce architectural elements, such as walls and water features, to improve the microclimate around the buildings and open space. Sustainable strategies described below will be integrated into the Master Plan as it evolves through the planning process. The end goal is to create a campus landscape that provides an inspiring learning environment, promotes healthy, functioning natural systems that educates the University community about the concepts of sustainability and reflects the Goals and Objectives established by the Master Plan Committee.
PROPOSED
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Building Edge
Woodland Plan 1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
Natural Zone Plan
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Proposed Tree Canopy
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
85
storm-water management Storm-water management is an area of special concern for campus and the surrounding neighborhoods. This master plan outlines a strategy that will regulate the flow of storm water on campus, and can eliminate its contribution to downstream runoff. With this strategy, the UWI has an opportunity to serve as a model of best practices for the wider community. The solution for the UWI landscape is a three-tiered approach that includes planting, detention, and recharge techniques to replicate the natural hydrologic cycle, slowing surface flow and infiltrating water into the soil. The first technique, planting, calls for new trees and multi-layered understory plants to be installed on campus, particularly along walkways. Because shrubs and trees retain more water per given area than does grass, this mass of foliage will act soak up a portion of direct rainfall as well as runoff from adjacent areas. It will also prevent soil erosion.
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Storm-water Management
86
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Storm-water detention relies on a coordinated network of small-scale installations. Through them, the campus is transformed from a region of accumulating and fast-flowing water, to an area where water is dispersed, flows more sluggishly, and is collected in numerous small pockets. •
Surface Vegetated Swales These are flow pathways that mimic naturally occurring vegetated drainage channels. They may be used in combination with recharge beds, or in areas where the soil structure will not allow infiltration. Their ability to slow water can be enhanced by several means. The channel bottom may be reinforced with biodegradable materials, such as coconut matting and large natural stones. The swale may be meandered to lengthen its journey. Check dams may be installed to slow the water and create small basins to hold sediment. Swales may be planted with deep-rooted woody native plants to provide biofiltration and encourage infiltration through the root channels. All these design approaches slow water, which promotes infiltration.
•
Infiltration Trenches Infiltration trenches usually are long, thin channels (often two to three feet deep) filled with coarse aggregate that convey water through a perforated pipe that infiltrates runoff along the way. They are generally located on the downhill side of any type of pavement such as roadways, driveways and walkways. They also can be located in traditional drainage systems to reduce the volume of water reaching manholes.
•
Cisterns A cistern is a sub-surface structure for storm water storage. They allow runoff to be used as a positive resource to provide water for irrigation.
•
Detention Ponds These areas, sunken a few feet below the surrounding grade, receive runoff from drainage channels. They may be designed as either turfed dry ponds where accumulated runoff is slowly discharged downstream, or wet ponds - permanent water features capable of holding additional capacity during storm events. They also help cleanse runoff by allowing sediment and debris to settle out of the water.
Finally, large-scale retention facilities, called Recharge Beds, may be constructed below roads, parking lots, playing fields, or any large open area, allowing an economic doubleduty of the same land. Water drains to the retention bed through culverts or porous surfaces like permeable asphalt. They are designed to store water until it can soak down into the soil mantle beneath. These engineered structures, which may contain water to a depth of several feet, may be most useful to cope with periods of intense runoff, such as 50- or 100-year storms.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Cistern Example
Grass Detention Pool Example
Natural Zone Example
Local Retention Example
Existing ‘Quad’
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
87
walkway sections Consistency of material and dimensions along circulation routes also helps to weave together different landscape characters of the Campus into a cohesive image. The accompanying illustrations show how materials correlate with path widths to convey the place of the path within the circulation hierarchy. Asphalt or concrete can be used as the primary walkway material. Special accent materials - concrete, brick and granite unit pavers with granite block edgings and bands can help to articulate walkways and indicate building entrances and plazas. It is recommended that: •
Primary walkway be four meters (13.1 feet) wide and constructed with unit pavers. This walkway will function as the main cross-campus connection. These primary walkways should be engineered to support emergency and service vehicle access.
•
Secondary walks be three meters (9.8 feet) wide and constructed using unit pavers or asphalt with unit paver accents. In some cases this can replace existing service roads.
•
Tertiary walks and sidewalks be two meters (6.6 feet) wide and constructed of asphalt with edgings and bands as shown in the drawings.
Multiple traffic calming techniques like raised tables in conjunction with surface treatments should extend across the street at pedestrian crossings. Walkway character should be enhanced through benches, shade trees, appropriate lighting, and other furnishings. Standards for landscape furnishing and lighting should be developed and employed. Consistent application of these elements across campus is important to create a unified campus identity and reinforce new patterns of pedestrian circulation.
4 Meter Primary Pedestrian Path Section and Plan
3 Meter Secondary Pedestrian Path Section and Plan
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Pedestrian Paths
88
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
2 Meter Tertiary Pedestrian Path Section and Plan
roadway sections Similar to new walkway standards, a new roadway section is recommended for application to the campus loop road. In addition to the road bed and walkways on both sides, the section includes a planted median between the two, as well as adjacent space for a vegetated swale as necessary. The median and plantings should be maintained as a roadway component as much as possible in order to provide adequate shade and traffic calming to roadside walkways throughout campus.
The conversion of the TGR to a roadway is a key component of the revised circulation strategy. A roadway at this location would considerably ease local traffic congestion. The upper portion of the TGR is presently used for campus parking. The spaces lost through this development have been compensated for elsewhere in the Master Plan’s parking strategy.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Typical Loop Road
A special section of the roadway is shown for proposed conditions along the TGR. The substantial width of the property allows room for a road layout that would incorporate shade tree and landscape plantings, with a pedestrian path alongside. A substantial vegetated swale to help control storm-water runoff will buffer between the public thoroughfare and campus grounds. Concurrent development along Evans Street to enlarge the roadway, provide sidewalk paving and landscape buffers would transform this area from its present, rather utilitarian character, to a street that is attractive and convenient both for pedestrians and vehicles.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
89
roads Driving through campus can be very frustrating. Drivers must contend with pedestrians and with other vehicles. The extreme oversell rate of parking permits leads to large numbers of drivers circling campus, looking for open spots, and interfering with general traffic flow. Neighborhood drivers cut through campus, adding to the traffic load. Roads penetrate deep into the center of campus to provide access to several very small parking lots. There are redundant roads on the east side of campus and around the Administration Building. Road widths are narrow. While this helps slow traffic, it forces vehicles and pedestrians into a very tight interaction. The Campus needs to prioritize the pedestrian while still providing convenient access with short walks from safe and reasonably convenient parking. It is the recommendation of this plan for the University to pursue ownership of the Agostini/ St. Augustine Circular right of way. This would allow the creation of a campus loop road greatly clarifying and simplifying campus circulation and security. Roads at the center of campus will be eliminated and the road layout greatly simplified. On the east side of campus, automobiles will be limited to the St. Augustine Circular Road and Agostini Street. This will create a more even flow of traffic on the campus’ internal loop road. Several small spur roads that do not interfere with main pedestrian routes will be kept to support special parking and service access.
EXISTING
GOR
DON
STRE
ET GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
GORDON STREET
WARNER ST
45 SPACES
MAI
N RO AD
AGOSTINI STREET
PRIO
RIT Y
ROU
TE
NS
EVA
BUS
ST. JOHN ROAD
AUSTIN
TERN
STREET
EAS
MCCARTHY
STREET
REET
ET
E STR 1
GUST
ST. AU
6
INE CIR
TGR to Ramp parking basement
PHASE 2
D R ROA
CULA
GRASS PARKING
30
35
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
ST. AUGUSTINE CIR
10
15
17
CULAR ROAD 1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
WAT TS ST
REET
100
Meters Feet
Existing Roads ILL ROOSE
90
CHURCH
200
HWAY
VELT HIG
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
ILL ROOSE
CHURCH
HWAY
VELT HIG
30
35
32
33
Traffic roundabouts and bus pull-off zones at the north and south entrances will eliminate congestion caused by intersection stop signs and standing buses. A new ceremonial approach will lead from the north roundabout to the Administration Building’s porte cochere. Patterns of University ownership suggest that Agostini Street is increasingly an internal campus road with programmes and facilities on both sides. Similarly the St. Augustine Circular Road, is becoming loaded with University students as the campus continues to grow to the east. With government coordination, the TGR (Trinidad Government Railway) right-of-way along campus’ western edge should be converted into a roadway. This strip of ground is, at present, a no-man’s land forming a buffer between the western edge of campus and neighboring homes, which are beginning to encroach on it with sheds and gardens. Because squatter’s rights have some degree of acknowledgement, or at least toleration, in Trinidad and Tobago, it is important that the University quickly act in cooperation with the government to designate this area for roadway development. The new roadway could parallel or integrate with Evans Street, forming a campus bypass connection between Agostini Street and Watts Street. By allowing neighborhood traffic to bypass the campus altogether, this connection will improve local traffic flow and decrease congestion on and around campus.
PROPOSED
GOR
DON
STRE
ET GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
GORDON STREET
WARNER ST
45 SPACES
MAI
N RO AD
STREET
PRIO
RIT Y
ROU
TE
NS
EVA
BUS
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
AGOSTINI
ST. JOHN ROAD
AUSTIN
TERN
STREET
EAS
MCCARTHY
STREET
REET
ET
E STR 1
PUS
CAM
IVE OP DR US LO
S TENNIS COURT
CAMP
6
GRASS PARKING
RIV PD LOO TGR
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
E Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
ST. AUGUSTINE RO AD
1
5
86
85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
WAT TS ST
REET CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
Proposed Roads ILL ROOSE
CHURCH
200
ILL ROOSE
CHURCH
HWAY
VELT HIG
HWAY
VELT HIG
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
91
parking Parking habits have developed an improvisational quality. Grassy or unpaved areas are increasingly forced to serve as unofficial parking lots. Besides adding to the confusion, this damages tree roots, erodes ground cover, and compacts the soil, which decreases permeability. Several small lots serve buildings targeted for demolition. In several spots, parking is located along the edge of campus roads, creating a safety hazard for pedestrians and other motorists. Several small existing lots in the Engineering, Education Zones, and around SPEC will be preserved, due to their adjacency to the internal loop road and separation from major pedestrian routes. Revisions to pedestrian routes will result in a more walkable campus, decreasing the need for each building to have adjacent parking. Overall, parking will be consolidated into fewer, but larger facilities located on the periphery. One exception will be a new lot near the center of campus that will serve short term, high turnover needs for the adjacent facilities and Principal’s Residence. To preserve open space and developable land, the campus parking strategy will shift from surface lots to multistorey parking garages. These facilities could be developed and managed by private enterprises for the University. They are envisioned as housing commercial space on their ground floors to provide a revenue stream that would help offset the cost of construction. Despite the capacity of these structures, projected enrolment numbers argue for tighter management of parking permits, as well as greater reliance on mass transit. This argument is made strongly by the accompanying chart. It is anticipated that the proposed TRRTS UWI Station and revised bus transit strategy will provide service robust enough to alleviate the need for some of the future parking capacity shown in this plan. Parking spaces are disincentives to transit ridership. As the University increases its commitment to multimodal transit, a balance must be struck between the amount of parking necessary for campus function, and a limit on parking to encourage mass transit ridership.
EXISTING
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
100
Meters Feet
200
Existing Parking
92
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
Parking Demand Group
University of the West Indies
Staff
Total
2011 - 2012
2016 - 2017
2026 - 2027
Staff Population
3,555
3,673
4,056
4,944
Staff Permit Demand
3,417
3,531
3,898
4,678
Staff Parking Demand
1,403
1,450
1,601
1,951
Parking Losses
-
347
420
579
Parking Supply
1,403
1,056
983
824
Parking Deficit
-
(393)
(618)
(1,127)
Student Population
Student
2009
14,813
20,407
22,531
27,465
Student Permit Demand
2,760
3,802
4,198
5,117
Student Parking Demand
670
923
1,019
1,242
Parking Losses
-
123
150
207
Parking Supply
500
377
350
293
Parking Deficit
(170)
(547)
(669)
(949)
TOTAL POPULATION
18,368
24,028
26,587
32,409
Total Permit Demand
6,177
7,333
8,096
9,795
Total Parking Demand
2,073
2,373
2,620
3,193
Parking Losses
-
470
570
786
Parking Supply
1,903
1,433
1,333
1,117
Parking Deficit
(170)
(940)
(1,287)
(2,076)
PROPOSED
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
45 SPACES
1
6
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Parking
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
93
floor area ratio (far) Floor area ratio is the amount of built area relative to the land area of campus, and is a measure of density and the efficient use of land resources. A comparison of F.A.R. numbers before and after the Master Plan shows significant gains in land use density and efficiency. The Central and the South districts have increased their numbers more than twofold. The North District and the future East District are even more successful, with efficiencies approaching 1.0. The South District continues to be the most densely developed district. Its density is mitigated by the large athletic/ recreation field complex on its eastern edge. The Central District reaches a nice balance between urban density and open space. The North and future East District are approaching maximum desired density and should be monitored closely with respect to actual programme growth and land acquisition.
PROPOSED
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
0.91
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
0.27
0.67
1
6
1.00
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
POND
0.80
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed FAR
94
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
impervious area Although land use density will have increased throughout campus, coverage in the South and Central Districts remains essentially unchanged, perhaps even slightly decreased. Coverage will increase the North District supporting the need to implement the storm-water management strategies outlined in the Master Plan. In general, these numbers paint a picture of a campus wisely managing its land resources while achieving building inventory needed to meet the demands of its enrolment. Two areas of proposed development, the “land bridge� corridor connecting the campuses and the neighborhood around the TRRTS UWI Station would lend themselves well to multistorey projects. This would begin to extend efficient land use strategies beyond campus.
PROPOSED
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
43.7%
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
41.3%
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
39.0%
1
6
64%
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
POND
39%
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Impervious Districts
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
95
campus transit The campus’ transit needs are filled by a combination of University-run bus routes, and the national system of buses and privately run shuttles called Maxi Taxis. These systems are burdened by traffic congestion, both on and off campus, and delays are a daily occurrence. Many campus bus stops do not offer adequate shelter. Consequently, the campus’ transit resources are underutilized.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
By reducing traffic loads and streamlining movement, the new roadway system will allow buses to circulate with greater reliability. A new shuttle bus route will circulate on the campus loop road. Major stops along this route will link to bus service to the North District and regional routes. Each of the stops along this route feature roundabouts or bus pull-outs, so that standing buses will not interfere with traffic flow. Waiting facilities at these stops should be sheltered from rain and sun, well-lit for safety after dark, and sized appropriately to accommodate all waiting passengers. A separate circulator will run between the Central and North Districts.
45 SPACES
The low-clearance underpass at the Priority Bus Route is not accessible to the shuttle buses. Smaller transit vehicles, such as 11- to 15-seat vans, could use this underpass. This suggests the possibility of an alternate route running up and down the McCarthy Street Transit Mall between North Campus and a stop near the Performing Arts Center.
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
CEMETAR
Y
East Campus Route North and Central Route South Route Priority Bus Route Transit Stops
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Transit
96
Current Transit Vehicles
Existing Bus Stop
Proposed Transit Vehicles to allow passage under PBR at North Entry
Priority Bus Route Overpass at the North Entrance to Central Campus
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
regional transit Current transit routes connect the St. Augustine Campus to the Mt. Hope campus and Tunapuna to the east. An additional route to the Orange Grove campus will be established as development begins there. Park-and-ride facilities at the outlying campuses along the PBR will increase the efficiency of the entire system by allowing commuters to ride the shuttle to St. Augustine. As enrolment grows, these facilities will play an increasingly important part in the University’s management of oncampus parking and vehicle load.
Existing McCarthy Street
Reliable transit connections to these locations are critical to move staff and students between campuses. The campus shuttles now use public roads and often are caught up in congestion. To provide efficient operation, the routes should run along the Priority Bus Route (PBR), bypassing congestion on the other main roads. This change requires government approval for UWI shuttles to operate on the PBR. Review of this policy is pending, and it is vital that the University continue efforts to ensure its approval. The University’s Safe Ride Home programme provides secure off-campus transportation to students after hours. The University will continue to provide this service. The programme’s vehicles, which provide door-to-door service throughout the local neighborhoods, have variable routes.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Proposed Transit Mall on McCarthy Street
Proposed Park and Ride Locations UWI Bus Transfer Station Proposed Park and Ride Bus Routes
Proposed Park and Ride
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
97
Trinidad Rapid Rail Project Segment Map (as at April 2009)
national transit The planned Trinidad Rapid Rail Transit System,TRRTS, promises great improvement to the campus’ transit strategy. The TRRTS planners, in cooperation with the UWI master planning team, have sited a station with transit hub facilities at the south entrance to campus. Upon completion, the TRRTS will provide access to the St. Augustine campus from nearly the entire width of the island, as well as a spur extending south as far as San Fernando. Travel time between the University, downtown Port of Spain, and Piarco International Airport, will be reduced to a matter of minutes. Housing along the entire east-west corridor will become convenient to students and staff, and the University will provide a dependable source of ridership for the system. The bus and Maxi Taxi facilities at the station will open additional housing opportunities in neighborhoods distant from the campus or rail stations without the need for the University itself to establish new bus routes. The accompanying decrease in vehicular traffic will ease congestion on campus and in surrounding neighborhoods. Some amount of leasable space is expected to be part of TRRTS station development. Similar space is proposed for inclusion in campus parking structures. A pedestrian bridge spanning Watts Street could link these facilities, creating a small shopping district in support of the campus and surrounding neighborhood. This bridge and the TRRTS’s bridge spanning Churchill Roosevelt Highway will provide a safe route for pedestrians between campus and the trains.
Rapid Rail National Diagram (Graphic by TriniTrain)
The extent to which TRRTS ridership will reduce oncampus parking remains to be seen, but the impact is expected to be significant. It is hoped that at least one of the Master Plan’s parking structures, such as the one adjacent to SPEC, may be eliminated by the effectiveness of this new transit service.
UWI Proposed Rapid Rail Station (Graphic by TriniTrain)
Proposed Rapid Rail Alignment
98
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
transit integration The transportation systems that help people travel to and between the campuses easily, comfortably, and safely are clearly important to the functioning of the University. The Plan contains many improvements to these systems. However, the increasing congestion throughout the region hinders efficient movement. Commuting students and staff must also travel between home and the campus every day, a trip that can be time-consuming, frustrating and even hazardous. Commuting is a national challenge that affects the whole island. With ballooning car ownership, driving is becoming increasingly difficult, and public transport and Maxi Taxis are perceived by many as inconvenient and unsafe. Studies have shown that work and school performance can suffer as result. Therefore, an important thrust of the Plan is to improve the commute trip. This requires an integrated transit strategy to coordinate between different modes of travel. The effectiveness of this strategy depends not only on the existence of a multi-modal travel system, but the means to sway commuters’ behavior away from heavy reliance on private transportation toward mass transit.
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
How people travel to the campus also can have a dramatic affect on the campus quality, particularly to the extent to which alternatives to the car are used. Increased use of alternatives reduces the amount of parking and traffic on the campus, which improves the pedestrian environment and reduces costs. Improved transportation systems for getting around and between campuses means commuters no longer require their vehicle during the day, and therefore are able to us public transport or some other alternative means to travel to and from campus.
South Entrance without Overpass and Rapid Rail Station
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
The impact of the TRRTS and other transit improvements, such as the expansion of the Public Transit Service Corporation (PTSC) bus service, on future parking needs is expected to be significant. For this reason, it is not recommended that the entire projected parking shortfall be accommodated on campus. Ideally, no more than 1,000 spaces will need to be constructed in parking garages, which are very expensive and consume valuable land. Instead, the current preference for parking on campus will be moderated by a number of factors, including:
25
65
60
•
The attractiveness (including safety) of alternative means of traveling to campus. The planned TRRTS service, in particular, will offer a convenient alternative for many commuters.
•
The cost of parking to the user (permit fee), particularly as compared to other commute options. Parking fees will eventually have to be imposed to cover the cost of building garages, which will discourage some commuters from driving.
•
Incentives, such as free or subsidized bus or rail passes, to maximize the use of alternatives by students and staff. Incentives can be an important component of a TDM programme aimed at supporting and encouraging use of alternative transportation means. Ideally such a programme would be undertaken in conjunction with similar initiatives at the nation level.
•
The quality and cost competitiveness of parkand-ride. UWI has the opportunity to provide park-and-ride at its Mt Hope and Orange Grove properties, which also would help to reduce parking needs on the St Augustine campus.
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
A Travel Demand Management (TDM) programme can provide the strategies and coordination necessary to manage the shift from today’s dependence on the automobile to widespread use of a multi-modal system. It does this, in part, by setting policies to foster this shift. TDM principles are based on the premise that the ability to control travel behavior is the ability to change the culture.
TRRTS Proposed Rapid Rail Station with Overpass
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
99
security The campus security strategy needs revision, not only to improve the present situation, but also because campus security will be challenged increasingly as enrolment and facilities grow. The Open Campus programme, with its heavy load of evening students, and the expansion of on-campus housing, will push St. Augustine toward a mode of continual activity 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The proposed circulation strategies of this Master Plan will increase the number of active access gates from three to six. There will be a constant flow of pedestrians between the Central and North Districts. As the North District grows, it will need its own perimeter fence, access gates, and security staff. The present security strategy relies on multiple layers of fencing around and within campus to isolate buildings, complexes, and land, as well as a large force of security constables to patrol campus and staff access points. As the campus grows in acreage and population, this strategy will become increasingly ineffective. Interior campus fencing will hamper the movement of ever more people. Campus growth will stretch the constables’ ability to monitor the increased flow through access gates and patrol campus. To remedy this, the Master Plan suggests a holistic approach to security management that includes: •
Passive security through environmental design strategies.
•
Greater use of technology, hardware and software to support security personnel.
•
Focusing human resources where they are most effective.
Elimination of the internal fences on campus actually can improve security. It promotes a sense of ownership among occupants. No longer feeling cordoned off from the facilities of their own university, community members are endowed with a feeling of responsibility toward their territory. Sight lines are improved, allowing the population to better self-surveil. The sense of boundary between on-campus and off-campus is clarified. With the removal of these fences, there should be a stronger emphasis of the campus boundary. The Master Plan proposes the campus be enclosed at its perimeter with one substantial, attractive fence. This would express in a more friendly, yet secure manner, the demarcation between on and off-campus. A long perimeter is harder to secure than a short one. The closure of public roads through campus will shorten this boundary, and minimize the length of fencing needed to enclose the property. This strategy of coupling a strongly marked secure boundary with freedom of movement within it creates a psychological sense of ownership for occupants. Research shows that a comfortable, attractive environment tends to feel safer and be more fully inhabited, and that increased social activity is a deterrent to crime. Landscaping details incorporated into the Master Plan, such as benches along walkways, improved walkway layouts, and new outdoor gathering spaces will help to draw people out into the open spaces. A constant social presence eliminates the sense of isolation that encourages misbehavior. Other Master Plan recommendations are intended to reinforce this sense of safety. Outdoor lighting can extend the use of outdoor space into the evening hours and contribute to user safety. Currently, lighting on campus is unplanned and uneven, with many dark spots and many overlit areas. Use of building-mounted floodlights, which shine directly into people eyes and building entrances, makes orientation and movement throughout campus unsafe, because pedestrians are blinded and intruders can lurk in dark areas. Inadequate lighting at important nodes, junctions, and pedestrian crossings can heighten the conflict between vehicular and pedestrian movements. Excessive lighting does not necessarily create a safer campus. The use of more frequent lower light fixtures with less intensity is desirable to eliminate glare that interferes with a person’s ability to see peoples’ faces and to scan darker areas. The Master Plan’s proposed parking structures also offer improved security. These facilities may be well-lit to provide good visibility for people moving to and from their cars, and access can be controlled by a staffed or pass card-protected security gate. Clearly visible blue-light security phones are also important. Although some exist on campus, they are difficult to locate. New phones should be installed at well-marked strategic locations. Other elements of the security strategy are meant to supplement the ability of security staff to monitor campus, and relieve them of some tasks so that they may better focus where they are most effective. A magnetic pass card system will take the place of chain-link fences and gates to secure individual buildings. These cards may even be used to secure specific floors or zones within a building. A closed-circuit camera system already is being installed on campus. It will allow constables to observe numerous spots from a central location, and coordinate with security personnel patrolling the grounds.
100
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
CCTV Security cameras will be deployed using IP (Internet Protocol) signaling and can be located in or on all buildings and secured openings such as gateways. Signals will transmit over the campus IT infrastructure and allow monitoring of any camera from any PC workstation that has the proper security clearance. In addition, monitoring of the cameras will be provided by security software that is made to watch for certain types of movement or lack of movement, thereby eliminating the necessity for security personnel to constantly monitor the signals. The security software sends alerts via alarm, text, or email to security personnel. Transmissions will be captured on a Network Video Server so that images are recorded and stored for liability protection and criminal prosecution.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
Mass Notification System is needed and will allow campus security and safety personnel to warn of possible security risks, implement a campus lockdown for safety reasons, or warn of natural disasters requiring evacuation. Alerts will be transmitted to students, faculty, and staff via email, automated voicemail, text message, and audible page announcements. This security integration will need to function via the robust and dependable campus IT infrastructure.
45 SPACES
An ID card system also is being implemented to improve monitoring of people entering the campus and identify campus community members and legitimate visitors.
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
These changes and improvements will allow security personnel to concentrate their work in areas where they are most effective – staffing entrances to campus, patrolling the grounds, and providing safe escort to students after dark. Another service they currently provide is the safe ride programme, which transports students around campus after dark. While these types of programmes are successful at improving safety on university campuses, it has been found that they are, in fact, more effective when the service is staffed by students.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
27 SPACES
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETARY
100
Meters Feet
200
Gates Existing to Remain and Improved Fence Line Proposed Fence Lines Long Term Fence Lines
Proposed Fencing
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
101
infrastructure electrical In order for the University to achieve the Strategic Plan goals of building excellence in teaching and learning, graduate studies, research and innovation, the campus electrical infrastructure must be brought up to recognized international standards of power quality. It must provide scalable systems to accommodate campus growth while maintaining dependable quality of service without regular black-outs or brown-outs except in cases of extreme weather emergency such as hurricanes.
Square Meters Time Frame Present 5 years 10 years 20 Years
Main Campus 210,890 sq.m. 326,675 sq.m. 350,570 sq.m. 420,925 sq.m.
Power Demand in Megawatts (MW)
North Campus
Main Campus
29,079 sq.m. 51,413 sq.m. 83,576 sq.m. 128,596 sq.m.
North Campus
10 MW 18 MW 19 MW 23 MW
Total Demand
1.4 MW 3 MW 5 MW 8 MW
11.4 MW 21 MW 24 MW 31 MW
Please note that the above figures are for planning purposes and are based on estimated square footage of current and planned buildings and estimated load calculations based on average usage. These numbers are subject to refinement and change as more detailed information becomes available.
Demand for power on the UWI St. Augustine campus is expected to grow dramatically as new buildings are added to the campus and older ones are renovated. Campus power requirements will average to eight watts per square foot, blending research, academic, and residential spaces, based on UWI Campus Works Department guidelines. To accommodate this growth in demand on the St. Augustine Campus as well as the St. Augustine area, the Trinidad and Tobago Electric Commission (T&TEC) will bring in a new, 132 kV feed from a power plant 10 km away and they will construct a new 50m x 50m substation to receive the 132kV line and serve the surrounding area.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
The UWI St. Augustine campus will build substations, possibly co-located with the new HVAC chiller plants, to receive the 132 kV feed from T&TEC and convert it to 12 kV for campus distribution. These substations will distribute the 12kv feeds to the various buildings by way of underground buried cables that will be routed around the campus along with the chilled water piping following the walkways and roadways right of way. Each new building will be constructed with an integral 12kV transformer to receive the power from the nearby campus substation.
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
Redundancy will be provided within campus by interlinking the distribution systems from the substations. Redundancy in the primary feeds from T&TEC will be provided by installing separate feeds to each substation in each area of the campus. 1
6
A detailed engineering master plan needs to be conducted to explore phased, incremental growth and modification of the campus’ utility infrastructure.
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
Similar to the question of storm-water management, the campus’s utility infrastructure is tied closely to that of the surrounding community. The national government is making strides to more efficiently generate and distribute electricity, and to manage sewage. For the campus to deal effectively with its own infrastructure is an action that will benefit both entities.
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
29
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
Existing Overhead Lines to be Replaced Existing Underground Lines Proposed Lines 100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Electrical and IT
102
to basement
20
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
40 26
CEMETAR
Y
30
35
32
33
information technology A robust data network infrastructure requires three main elements: 1.
Access to the network for students, faculty, and staff via a high-bandwidth connection
2.
Redundant data centers with dependable power to provide survivability
3.
Abundant storage capacity in servers to support all applications such as the Open Campus, Library media storage and retrieval, email, and campus social networking.
The Campus IT Services department will take over responsibility of providing complete network services to the entire campus including within the individual buildings. The IT Services group will provide network services within campus buildings all the way to the end-user faceplate and augment department-level networking responsibilities in a collaborative fashion. This allows for better equipment uniformity and higher levels of end-user satisfaction combined with improved network speeds and reliability. Access to the Open Campus network is via Internet connection allowing any student with credentials to access the Open Campus resources from anywhere in the world. A robust campus data network will provide secure, high-bandwidth connectivity to all students, faculty, and staff located on the St. Augustine campus. The physical network will utilize the latest standard in single-mode optical fiber to provide campus network bandwidth of 100 Gb (Gigabits) in the backbone. Then, 10 Gb connectivity will be available to each user. Wireless access to the campus IT network and, therefore, to the Internet will be provided inside and outside all buildings on campus, allowing Open Campus access across the entire St. Augustine facility. Telephone communications will be provided via VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) technology that will allow any phone on any campus to be an extension of the St. Augustine campus phone system. VoIP phones will utilize Internet connections to the United States to permit toll-free calling within the U.S. VoIP phones are provided in wireless versions for those who move about the campus. These will allow toll-free calls to any location via the campus IT network. The high-capacity, high-bandwidth campus network will allow integration across campus of other systems, such as an enterprise building management system to connect the BAS monitoring equipment in all campus structures, emergency telephone, and a campus-wide surveillance monitoring system to allow secure monitoring of CCTV cameras in any campus location.
In addition, technologies such as Quality of Service (QoS) will be implemented on a large scale to prioritize network traffic and maintain a favorable user experience. Network demand will continue to increase as the various research fields push the technological envelope. The new 10-Gigabit network speeds have opened new avenues for researchers and research grants already include references to this important resource. As a result, we expect to see dramatic network usage by the research community. Converging services will also increase the demand for network capacity (bandwidth). Voice and video services will move off of their traditional stand-alone platforms and take advantage of the high-speed campus network. VoIP phone services, video conferencing, instructional television programme distribution, as well as campus-wide energy management and monitoring systems and facilities management Building Automation Systems (BAS) will all migrate to the campus IT network, requiring ever-increasing service levels and bandwidth availability.
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Physical infrastructure will include optical fiber cabling installed in duct-banks following the campus roadway right-of-way and walkways. Conduit duct banks will be implemented with access vaults and innerduct installed in the conduits. The latest optical fiber standards will be followed to provide 40- to 100-Gigabit network backbone speeds with 10-Gigabit speeds within the buildings.
Redundant Data Centers and Network Operations Centers will be located on the South, Central, North and eventually East District with a location on a remote campus for backup and storage of all data. This plan will provide disaster recovery scenarios to protect all important information and access systems. Server clusters in each data center will back-up to each other providing redundant information storage. Each data center will have full power emergency systems and HVAC systems designed to the latest international infrastructure standards. A detailed engineering master plan needs to be conducted to explore phased, incremental growth and modification of the campus’ utility infrastructure.
Typical Duct Bank Installation
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
103
infrastructure cooling and ventilating To support the Strategic Plan goals of building excellence in teaching and learning, graduate studies, research and innovation, the Campus Facilities Infrastructure must be brought up to recognized international standards of air quality provided in new and existing structures such as Indoor Air Quality Standards (IAQ) (ASHRAE 62-2001). The campus cooling facilities must provide scalable systems to accommodate campus growth while maintaining dependable service through fail-over redundancy of main equipment components. Ease of maintenance will be combined with long-term energy efficiency and utilization of abundant local resources. As with electrical power, demand for cooling is expected to grow dramatically due to renovation and new construction. Campus cooling requirements will average out to 56.4 square meters per ton (185 square foot per ton), blending research, academic, and residential spaces, based on UWI Campus Works Department guidelines.
Building Gross Sq. Ft. Time Frame Present 5 years 10 years 20 Years
Main Campus 210,890 sq.m. 326,675 sq.m. 350,570 sq.m. 420,925 sq.m.
North Campus 29,079 sq.m. 51,413 sq.m. 83,576 sq.m. 128,596 sq.m.
Cooling Demand Main Campus 12,300 tons 19,000 tons 20,400 tons 24,500 tons
The most efficient solution to accommodate this growth is to implement a District-scaled centralized chiller plant concept, where each main area of the campus will be supported by a dedicated chiller plant and electrical substation. There will be centralized chiller plants located in Central, East, South, and North Districts. These areas can stand alone in normal operation and also be linked together to provide load sharing and fail-over redundancy. Space will be reserved for a full-scale chiller plant in each area and the plants can be constructed in a modular sequence that adds chiller units as the building growth increases demand loads in that area. The initial phase may build upon the existing central chiller plant in the Engineering complex to service the South Districts. Chilled water piping loops will be created for each main area of the campus as part of the initial infrastructure implementation plan. Inter-linking chilled water piping between chiller plants in each of the areas will add to the fail-over redundancy of the system. The scalable plants will be expanded by adding chillers as needed to accommodate campus growth when new buildings are added or existing buildings are renovated to bring them up to campus standards. The chilled water piping will be integrated into the campus walkways and road right of ways in order to be serviceable and yet visually unobtrusive. Long-term savings will be realized on life-cycle and energy-use costs of centralized plants as the typical life cycle for this type of equipment is 25 to 35 years. Additional savings will be achieved as the centralized chiller equipment has the lowest maintenance costs and highest reliability factor with N + 1 Redundant chillers in each plant for back-up use during maintenance operations. Multiple chillers in each plant will be sized no larger than those being installed in other areas of Trinidad to insure availability of parts and service. Professional facilities management staff will be recruited and trained for operation and maintenance. Overall campus enterprise building management system will allow monitoring and control of all equipment with automatic scheduling of required preventive maintenance to reduce failures. Third-party installation and maintenance of chiller plant facilities may achieve further cost savings and ease of use. Gas turbine or gas absorption options are available to power the chillers and take advantage of abundant natural gas resources on the island. This is an option worthy of additional study. A detailed engineering master plan needs to be conducted to explore phased, incremental growth and modification of the campus’ utility infrastructure.
104
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
North Campus 1,700 tons 3,000 tons 4,900 tons 7,500 tons
CHILLER PLANT 4 BUILDINGS
CHILLER PLANT PLANT B
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
CHILLER PLANT PLANT A
1
6
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
INTERCONNECTS
CHILLER PLANT PLANT C 65
60
55
EXISTING ENGINEERING CHILLER PLANT
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETA
RY
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed HVAC
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
105
utilities water supply WATER SUPPLY Potable water is provided by the local utility, the Water and Sewerage Authority. The supply to northern areas of the campus consists of a 100-mm supply line from the Hollis Reservoir and main on the Eastern Main Road. The southern areas of the campus are fed by a 200-mm supply line from the same source. Originally, this supply, boosted by the Tunapuna Booster Station and monitored daily, attained 1.4MPa (200psi) but the supply pressure is now 35 – 80kPa (5 – 10 psi) only and has been supplemented by 8 – 24 hour storage tanks and pumping at each building. An additional supply from the Caroni-Arena main on the Churchill-Roosevelt Highway will be connected soon.
Projected Water Requirements The total water requirement is a function of the daily water demand for the projected population of the University campus. The potable water requirements in respect of the campus population projection at the ultimate plan period are as detailed in Table 1.1. Table 1.1
Water Supply Description
Unit Water Demand
Population Current
+5y
6-10y
Non-resident student - full time
7,365
9,101
9,203
Resident student - full time
1,116
2,441
Non-resdient student - part time
4,704
8,865
Staff
3,498
3,682
Daily Domestic Water Demand
11-20y
Average Daily Water Demand
Litres/c/d
Current
+5y
6-10y
11-20y
10,044
55
405,075
500,576
506,149
552,393
3,541
5,491
95
106,020
231,895
336,395
521,645
9,787
11,931
55
258,720
487,575
538,285
656,205
4,336
6,172
55
192,390
202,510
238,480
339,460
962,205
1,422,556
1,619,309
2,069,703
L/d
Controlling Demands All demands will be multiples of the average demand expressed as litres per day (L/d) or cubic metres per day (m3/d). The average demands in L/d are calculated by Equation (1): Average demand in L/d = Litres/c/d x population (1). Other controlling demands have been evaluated by Equation (2): Demand = average demand in L/d x k (2) using the following data for the coefficient, k as shown in Table 1.2 Table 1.2
Controlling Demands
Unit
Coefficient, k
Current
+5y
6-10y
11-20y
Maxium day Flow
m3/d
2.25
2,165.0
3,200.8
3,643.4
4,656.8
Maximum Hour Flow
L/s
0.00278
44.5
65.9
75.0
95.8
Instantaneous Peak Flow
L/s
0.00347
55.7
82.3
93.7
119.8
Industrial Uses These uses include cooling, irrigation, swimming pools, shops, laundry, dining, processing, flushing and air conditioning. This wastewater is disposed of through the storm drains except for the kitchen/dining effluents whose quanta are picked up in the unit water demands. Industrial water requirements for potable water were derived using Table 1.3 below. 50% of the total building floor area was treated as air conditioned at an average of 10m2/kW. Laundry was estimated at 160 kg/year/student [resident] and total irrigated area estimated at twice the total building floor area. Table 1.3
Use Air Conditioning: Laundry
Unit
Min
Avg
Max
Total Aveage (m3/d)
Lpm/kW
-
0.108
1.054
1,740
L/kg
25
-
75
251
Irrigation • Small areas
L/d/10m2
60
-
120
• Large areas
m2//Ha/d
66
-
132
4,430
L/d/car
110
-
190
15
Motor Vehicles
6,436
Fire Protection Demands There is no separate pumped fire main on the existing campus but hydrants on a 100-mm (4”) branch to the north campus potable water supply system and a 150-mm (6”) branch to the south (JFK) campus from the utility supply mains are used for this purpose. For ever increasing campus real estate values fire protection will become also increasingly important. To plan for future fire protection demands, the UWI Master Plan has projected development of the physical structure and geographical relationships of the campus buildings. The U.S. Insurance Services Office has published guidelines for fire flow determination. ISO uses the Fire Suppression Rating Schedule (FSRS) to define the criteria used in the evaluation of a community’s fire defences. Within the FSRS, a section titled “Needed Fire Flow” outlines the methodology for determining the amount of water necessary for providing fire protection at selected locations throughout the community. ISO uses the needed fire flows to:
106
1.
Determine the community’s “basic fire flow.” ISO uses the basic fire flow to determine the number of apparatus, the size of apparatus fire pumps, and special fire-fighting equipment needed in the community.
2.
Determine the adequacy of the water supply and delivery system. ISO calculates the needed fire flow for selected properties and then determines the water flow capabilities at these sites. ISO then calculates a ratio considering the need (needed fire flow) and the availability (water flow capability). ISO uses that ratio in calculating the credit points identified in the FSRS.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
ISO developed the needed fire flow through a review of actual large-loss fires. ISO recorded the average fire flow and other important factors, including construction type, occupancy type, area of the building and exposures. Those factors are the foundation of the needed fire flow formula. To estimate the volume of water needed to fight a fire in an individual, non-sprinklered building, ISO uses the formula: NFF = (Ci)(Oi)[(1.0+(X+P)i] where NFFi = the needed fire flow in gallons per minute (gpm) Ci = a factor related to the type of construction Oi = a factor related to the type of occupancy X = a factor related to the exposure buildings P = a factor related to the communication between buildings To calculate the needed fire flow of campus buildings some assumptions were made to simplify the initial exercise: 1.
The predominant type (class) of construction has been assumed to be Type 1B (fire resistive non-combustible as defined in the IBC) and a common coefficient of 0.8 assigned;
2.
The size (effective area) of a building has been taken to be the 1st floor area plus 50% of all other floors;
3.
The predominant type (class) of occupancy was taken to be no worse than limited combustible. For simplicity, each building has been treated as sprinklered with a single occupancy hazard;
4.
Exposure from the property was taken to be not more than 18.3m (60 feet) on two sides.
A detailed investigation and study should be undertaken to determine specific requirements and needs for each existing study and for for facilities which are added. Utilizing the future Building Programme proposed by this document, and assuming a double exposure at 18m on average, preliminary computations suggest a separate fire main would need to provide approximately 174.3L/s to fight a fire at the site of greatest potential demand. The site of greatest potential demand appears to be Building 209 – a 4-storey parking deck on the Main Campus. However, it should be clear that that capacity would cover other structures requiring lesser fire flows e.g. Building 208 - Centre for Creative and Festival Arts (NFF of 131L/s) or the North Campus New Library Annex – Building 410 – NFF of 157L/s. Geography suggests that there should be separate fire mains systems for the North District and the remainder of campus, but a single system for both sets of Districts should be considered. In any event, the system(s) must be designed to make available at each building the NFF required.
Design Capacity of System Components
1.
Instantaneous peak domestic and industrial flows combined: 119.8L/s and 6436m3/d together;
2.
Maximum fire demands, plus 50 percent of average domestic demands, plus industrial demands that cannot be restricted during the fire: 174.3L/s + 24.0L/s+1,991m3/d [approximately 253.6L/s] together;
3.
Replenishment of normal storage volume within 24 hours of average demand after a fire. Fire flows are predicated on two hours of fire storage – 1255m3. The required rate of replenishment is 14.5L/s
Source of Supply To accomplish the conditions of Design Capacity of System Components above the source should meet quantity demands of 268 L/s at minimum. Where there is inadequate storage between the source and the distribution system as suggested in Water Supply, the supply should be capable of providing now the maximum day domestic demand expressed by Equation (2), viz.: 2,165 m3/d in Y2009 increasing to 4,656m3/d plus industrial use demand, approximately 400m3/d growing to 6,436m3/d over the next 20 years. Sufficient capacity should be made available by Y2010 to satisfy these criteria.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
Each system was analysed to determine the governing water use. The coincident demand of various uses determines the design capacities of components of the system. The minimum capacity of the distribution system must be sufficient to meet the following conditions:
107
utilities sewerage Main Campus Table 1.1 above also suggests the projected demand for wastewater treatment for disposal. All sewage is sent to a central wastewater treatment plant to the south of the campus off Watts Trace. The plant is functioning well and effluent quality is tested weekly by CARIRI or WASA test laboratories. Currently, the turbine metered campus water consumption is about 950m3/d (250,000 gpd). This is comparable with estimates in Table 1 derived from considerations of occupancy alone and it can be seen that the existing wastewater treatment facility will need to be expanded soon. Equally, it can be seen that the required capacity 20 years hence is just about twice the present capacity of the main campus alone and that duplicating the existing plant at an adjacent southerly location would be a straightforward solution were it not for the North Campus wastewater load.
Technology / Design The existing wastewater treatment plant works well but is of a technology that would require considerable additional expenditure to meet effluent criteria that are expected to improve consistently over the next several years. By contrast MBR effluent is virtually drinkable and at the expected flow rates will improve decanting watercourse quality in consideration of typical wastewater influent criteria: and wastewater effluent criteria no worse than:
COD
550 mg/l
Bacteria Fæcal coliforms
<2 cfu/100ml
BOD5
200- 500 mg/l
Total coliforms
<2 cfu/100ml
Total Kjeldahl N
65 mg/l
Fæcal Streptococcus
<2 cfu/100ml
Ammonia (NH3)
50 mg/l
E. Coli
<2 cfu/100ml
Total Suspended Solids
<1,500 mg/l
BOD5
≤5 mg/l
Total Phosphorus
12 mg/l
Total Phosphorus
≤1 mg/l
Fatty Organic Compounds
<50 mg/l
Ammonia (NH3)
<1 mg/l
pH
6- 9
Total Nitrogen
≤5mg/l
Temperature
25 – 32° C
Turbidity
<1 NTU
Total Suspended Solids
≤5 mg/l
pH
6 -8 units
Odour
None
Chlorine Content (Cl)
0.5 mg/l
A membrane bioreactor (MBR) wastewater treatment plant expandable in 10-year increments can be constructed on a comparatively small (465m2) site to be determined within the North Campus. Since the MBR can be expanded in modular fashion, all of the civil works may be implemented at the first stage and membrane units installed as required.
North Campus Flows At full build out the North Campus potable water flow is estimated at 330m3/d. Assuming growth similar to the Main Campus and 90% domestic potable flow to the sewerage, North Campus estimated wastewater facility growth is as shown in Table 1.4 Line 6. Table 1.4 1. Description
Average Daily Domestic Wastewater Flow Current
2. 3.
Main Campus
L/D
4.
Growth
5.
North Campus
6.
+5 years
865,985
6 - 10 years
1,280,380
1,457,378
1,862,733
L/D
414,395
176,998
405,355
MBR Capacity
L/D
206,197
254,716
300,000
7.
TOTAL TREATMENT CAPACITY
L/D
1,486,577
1,712,094
2,162,733
8.
TOTAL ADDITIONAL CAPACITY
L/D
620,612
225,517
450,639
MBR System Description The MBR process consists of three stages: • Mechanical pre-treatment •
Biological Treatment
•
Membrane Filtration
The membrane portion of the MBR unit serves as an engineered, physical barrier to activated sludge in the wastewater. Submerged membrane modules are installed in a tank which is located downstream of the biological process anoxic and aerobic zones. The activated sludge is then fed to a tank housing the membrane modules and clean water is pulled through the membranes via a vacuum pump on the filtrate side.
Options / North Campus MBR For an above ground plant within the North Campus design will be such so as to yield a high quality effluent that may be piped east to a surface drain that runs southward on the eastern side of St. John’s Road. •
For a water depth of 5.5m estimated anoxic and aerobic tank sizes are as follows: Anoxic Tank: 43.2m3 (6.1m x 8m x 3.3m [H x L x W]) Aerobic Tank: 132m3 (5.6m x 5.6m x 2.8m [H x L x W])
•
Two Membrane Tanks of 2.82m water depth are required: 3.3m x 2.4m x 2.3m [H x L x W]
The preliminary figures show that a fit can be found in quite a small area.
108
11 -20 years
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
It is the peculiar nature of the membrane bioreactor that it can be operated safely at up to 100% overcapacity for extended periods. Because of this, the anticipated 5-year MBR plant expansion may be deferred for up to a further 10 years.
North Campus Lift Station with Existing Plant Expansion Another option requires the pumping of North Campus wastewater to the existing Watts Street treatment plant expanded southward by 150% for the purpose. An underground lift station equipped with variable speed pumping equipment may be located as shown in the North Campus - Wastewater Force Main plan or at any other feasible location.
North Campus Lift Station with Remote MBR Alternatively, rather than this order of expansion with existing technology, an MBR may be constructed on a site immediately south of the Watts Street facility to treat the full expansion requirements of Line 8 in Table 1.4, the existing plant remaining as is. It can be seen that in the latter situation the anticipated 10-year expansion may be deferred a further five years, so that overall plant expansion Indicated by this option may be effected in two increments of 648,374L/d â&#x20AC;&#x201C; one being due within the next five years.
Watts Street Plant Upgrade As stated previously, the existing wastewater treatment plant works well but is of a technology that would require considerable additional expenditure to meet effluent criteria that are expected to improve consistently over the next several years. Under the circumstances it may prove beneficial to upgrade the existing plant to use MBR technology for the full anticipated flow for both campuses. Upgrade will include dismantling and removal of existing mechanical plant, refurbishing of inlet devices and tank structures, construction of additional anoxic and membrane tanks and provision of necessary pumping and controls. Such an upgrade can be effected by staging MBR construction to process an additional 72% of present flow (up to 1,486,577L/d) in the first instance then upgrading the old plant to manage 676,156L/d additionally (78% of its present flow) with new MBR technology. Such an approach would eliminate the necessity for even a partial sewerage shutdown except possibly for a two to three hour break for changeover.
Conclusion The Master Plan anticipates a 150% increase in wastewater flow for treatment and disposal beyond present day flow over the next twenty years. Various means of disposal are discussed. While other options do not allow the application of new technology across-the-board to meet expected new environmental standards â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the Watts Street plant unmodified remains a part of the first three options - design of the Watts Street Plant Upgrade option above will be calculated to meet those criteria in a single step and it is recommended that first phase design commence within one year for implementation over the following two years.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
45 SPACES
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETAR
Y
100
Meters Feet
200
Wastewater Lift Station Wastewater Force Main Collector Mains
Proposed North District Wastewater Mains Proposed Wastewater Mains
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
109
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
implement implementation
implementation IMPLEMENTING THE MASTER PLAN The Campus Master Plan provides a holistic, integrated and policy framework for future development decisions. Its implementation will require the University to embed the Campus Master Plan (CMP) in UWI St. Augustine’s planning processes. The following pages describe how a master plan should be used by the University to guide decisions about future development. The Campus Master Plan must be viewed as one of the three pillars of planning at the University of West Indies St. Augustine. The other two are the Strategic “STRIDE” Plan and the Capital Construction Plan (funding plan for design and construction projects). Moreover, the University must shift the paradigm to include its physical and environmental assets as equal to its human and financial assets thus requiring active management, stewardship and development as part of an integrated management model.
HUMAN
“STRIDE” STRATEGIC PLAN
MANAGE
INTEGRATE
PHYSICAL / ENVIRONMENT
FINANCIAL
INTEGRATED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Following these principles of integrated planning, management and design, while stressing the need to embed the Master Plan into current and future processes, will strengthen the planning function on the campus and with the University. Doing so also will facilitate coordination among faculties and administrative units while identifying new business models and development opportunities. The comprehensive nature of the planning process has engendered strong support for the plan, and for planning generally. Broadening and maintaining awareness of the plan and monitoring its effectiveness will ensure it remains a vital and essential tool for shaping the future campus.
STEPS TO IMPLEMENTATION • Embed the campus master plan – keep planning • Strengthen planning function – refine processes • Respect historic, cultural, and environmental resources • Implement a programme of University projects • Update business and funding models • Capitalize on strategic opportunities • Monitor the success, revise and update • Initiate ongoing coordination with regional corporations, neighborhood association and national ministries.
112
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
CAPITAL CONSTR. PLAN
CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
INTEGRATED PLANNING
EMBED THE CAMPUS MASTER PLAN – KEEP PLANNING The 2008 -2017 Campus Master Plan should be adopted by campus and University governance processes and given the status of policy. In doing so, its adoption, amending and updating, should be formally prescribed as an ongoing management mandate. Annual review, based on coordination with the UWI St. Augustine capital construction budget, would be advisable. A major progress review at five years should coordinate with an update of strategic plan and an amendment prepared if necessary. The campus should commit to a major update in 10 years, or leading up to 2017. Additionally, a number of data sets, inventories, survey/ mapping, and planning documents should be considered and implemented to improve evidenced-based decision making, programming and design. Everything cannot be accomplished at once and some priorities will prevail. Decision making will be enhanced greatly by having current, accurate, and dependable data to inform planning.
Develop data and maintain • Continue to survey all land holdings (GIS preferably) with typography, environmental features (trees, streams etc.), all improvements and property lines •
Space inventory describing built space, assignable space, and assignment across all units, with drawings
•
Space utilization data with respect to all types of space
•
Facilities management and conditions assessments with respect to all space
•
Capacity, conveyance and condition assessment for all urban systems supporting campus development. (electric, sanitary, potable water, roads, etc.)
STRENGTHEN PLANNING FUNCTION –REFINE PROCESSES Effective implementation of the Campus Master Plan can happen only through a stronger, more integrated planning function at the campus. This can be achieved through the following actions: •
Integrate Strategic Plan, Campus Master Plan, and Capital Construction Plan.
•
Form a campus planning committee (CPC) broadly representing stakeholders but carefully appointed and tasked by campus leadership to implement the plans.
•
Institute a contemporary model of facilities management.
•
Size and resource the Projects Office, renamed to Facilities Planning and Construction (FPC) to support existing and new responsibilities that flow from the new master plan.
•
Hire a University Architect and empower this individual to be the aesthetic and environmental “conscience” of the campus. (Done)
•
Research best practices and models used at other institutions, with respect to integrated planning.
•
Historic resources inventory and management plan
•
Fund continued planning and be open to partnership and entrepreneurial opportunities, outsourcing etc.
•
Arboretum reestablishment of inventory, assessment and management plan
•
Establish better coordination within and among administrative units.
•
Celebrate successes and credit the Master Plan and those who implement it.
Planning and design studies undertaken by others • Regional storm-water study •
Regional traffic and transportation study
•
Regional potable water and sanitary study
•
Regional electrical service capacity
Engineering and design studies undertaken by University • Storm-water and Drainage Master Plan •
Chilled Water Master Plan
•
Potable/Sanitary Master Plan
•
Electrical Primary/Secondary Master Plan
•
Data and Communication Master Plan
Comprehensive planning and business model studies • Student Housing Master Plan and Proforma •
Faculty/Staff Housing Master Plan and Proforma
•
Parking and Transportation Master Plan and Proforma
•
Dining and Student Service Master Plan and Proforma
Remote campus Plan • Health Science Campus Master Plan (Mt. Hope and Research Farm) •
Orange Grove Master Plan
Integration is the most essential element of successful implementation. The question, “How does this integrates with the Campus Master Plan?” needs to be asked regularly. This will require creativity, consistency and perseverance, while accepting the reality that the plan is a vision, a cookbook, or a road map, not a prescriptive document. It is one that takes judgment to implement through ongoing dialogue. To accomplish this outcome a Campus Planning Committee (CPC) of stakeholders needs to accept responsibility for promoting this ongoing dialogue. Although project stakeholders are essential to the realization of a building or facility, it’s equally, or even more important, that a broader view be held. This “campus view” is an essential and balancing force to help the Projects Office (FPC), or Facilities Planning and Construction Office, and the University Architect to implement the Master Plan. Careful tasking, selection and training in the “plans” will be necessary to accomplish full functionality of the CPC. To fulfill its mandate the CPC will be well served by assistance from the Projects Office (FPC), and the University Architect, Facilities Management Director (Estate Manager) and others at a technical level. The campus planning function will require an appropriate level of resources to support implementation of the Master Plan. Planning must proceed immediately to remove barriers to campus growth. Storm-water planning, funding for transportation and parking require a new business model and strong connections or partnerships. All require immediate action to give the plan traction and momentum. Simultaneously, Campus Estate and Works Management must evolve towards a facilities management model. The potential of a large new array of facilities over significant new land and a denser, more intense utilization of existing land and facilities will require a higher level of facilities management support. A new paradigm of efficiency, effectiveness, customer service and best practice is necessary to support the vision of the future campus.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
IMPLEMENTATION
The following issues emerged from the Campus Master Plan as information required to make informed decisions.
113
MASTER PLAN – PROJECT DELIVERY The Campus master plan will become a fundamental part of UWI St. Augustine project planning processes. This proposed project process diagram highlights the importance of greater planning involvement at the front end of major development projects.
Following Schematic Design, confirm compliance with campus master plan
Participate in Design Development and review process so that project remains consistent with the campus master plan as it evolves.
PLANNING APPROVAL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN DEVELOPMENT
Define program priorities
Complete project definition
Make site selection
Begin project definition, need, justification and funding
Set out recommended project refinements to achieve good fit with the campus master plan
Define site development guidelines, as established by the campus master plans and the Precinct Plans
Identify potential sites based on campus master plan Establish expectations of the campus master plan and key issues for the development sites under consideration
PRE-CONSULTATION AND CONSULTANT SELECTION
Identify site/site alternatives and the associated Enabling and Concurrent Projects
Finalize Enabling and Concurrent Project requirements Establish parallel planning process(es) for Enabling and Concurrent Projects
PROJECT FORMULATION
Milestone:
Milestone:
Milestone:
Milestone:
Milestone:
Preliminary consultation meeting with CPC
Preliminary planning report with CPC
Site development guidelines report
Campus master plan conformity sign-off with CPC
Design sign-off with University Architect
PAR sign-off with CPC
PLANNING
RESPECT HISTORIC, CULTURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES As soon as is practicable, the University must inventory, assess and develop management plans with respect to its critical areas of stewardship. As a regional university with a heritage dating to the colonial period, the UWI St. Augustine story must be captured, narrated, examined, and actively preserved. Future possibilities must be built on the bedrock of understanding the past. One of the more difficult aspects of any plan, but particularly this one, is discovering a genuine understanding of the institutional story and expressing it. Continuity, expressions of potential strengths or new directions can only be appreciated fully in this context. The mission and programmatic heritage of the St. Augustine Campus can be understood best through an understanding of its origins as the Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture and its progression through today. Its great diversity of spatial and architectural style should be documented and understood, even as it enters another period of dramatic growth. The stories of its alumni need retelling. UWI traditions, precious places and resources should be integrated into the future campus. As an example, the arboretum needs attention and full support. The plan highlights the importance of this resources and its poor current condition. As a cutting-edge institution of higher learning, UWI has the potential to be a sustainable, humane, and urban model for development regionally, nationally, and throughout the Caribbean. For example, the “transitional ecology” between the uplands and coastal marsh plain is under siege nationally and needing new models of development and best practice. UWI St. Augustine is a partner in regional development, and must elevate the potential for new and better outcomes while preserving its past.
A Programme OF UNIVERSITY PROJECTS The Campus Master Plan identifies a number of elements or projects that have been identified as ‘non building’ or “University projects,” because of their scale, complexity, or lack of a natural advocate. Campus leadership must advocate for these projects. Many are landscapes, streetscapes and pedestrian walkways, or elements of the campus’ social infrastructure. They also include transit, roads, utilities and infrastructure as well as structured parking and potential public/public or public/ private projects. They require campus leadership to focus them strategically and tactically. Most require front-end investment with carefully conceived phased development. The North Campus, as an example, requires a multi-pronged effort to move staff housing to potentially multiple locations, before development of new infrastructure for chilled water, electrical/ data, potable and sanitary, walks, landscape/ open-space, can be developed in parallel with programmes and buildings.
114
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
DESIGN
UPDATE BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL MODELS Many of these initiatives require new business models or new means of funding. Building project initiatives, while useful for things such as specific project-related landscape elements, will prove poor vehicles for implementing larger necessities, for example roads or pipelines. Some campuses assign an assessment or tax to build a reserve to finance these capital improvements. A range of mechanisms need to be developed to ensure orderly, phased development. Critical coordination with local, national, and regional infrastructure also must be considered. The University must take a proactive stance, or the campus will squander resources through redundancies, oversight, or inaction. Particular examples of opportunities for ‘self liquidating enterprises,’ which should not compete for other funding, might be staff and student housing, transit and parking and perhaps food or ‘board-plan’ dining services. Outsourcing and/ or partnership projects also should be considered.
STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES While it is not possible to know exactly in what order development on campus will occur over the long term, it is possible to classify sites, areas or districts with regard to the opportunities they provide and the ease with which they can be developed. There are many sites under active consideration, primarily in the Central District. These sites represent the campus’ best siting opportunities in the short to medium term. Beyond these sites, there are a range of sites and projects that can be categorized according to their comparative ease of development. Yet it cannot be over-emphasized that long-range infrastructure planning is a necessary and a critical near-term investment. Demolition and redeployment of critical lands, as in the case of the North District, are also critical in terms of sequence and advanced planning. Implementing master plan sub plans for urban systems and infrastructure should be undertaken immediately, with the clear tasking to implement The Campus Master Plan.
MONITOR THE SUCCESS OF THE MASTER PLAN The Campus Master Plan is an integrated document that identifies the inter-related natural, built and social systems that support UWI St. Augustine for the next 20 years, perhaps longer. But times change, and with certainty, so will academic, social, and administrative goals. The view of the master plan as a ‘living document’ is critical to its success. Understanding the objectives and goals of the plan as an expression of a vision for the future needs to guide each implemented project. Projects, in turn, will impact the plan and its future implementation. These essential feedback loops, and their integration into strategic and financial planning, will bring the Master Plan to life as a useful tool in guiding the campus’ place-based resources. The CPC and FPC should be charged with oversight of the CMP, and they should work to establish measurable and achievable metrics, which can be reported as progress in achieving the plan’s goals and vision. A review of completed projects in relation to the policies, guidelines and metrics is an essential discipline towards evaluating next steps, or potential revisions, amendments and updates to the plan (CMP) and other implementing documents. Maintenance of data bases (ie. land surveys, space inventories, as-built document integration, utility, maintenance, obsolescence etc.) are critical management tools, requiring resources and active management. As stated earlier, integration, and a clear pattern of review, coordination and full updates in the years and decades to come, ensure that the CMP will be an effective guide, fully responsive to changing circumstances.
ONGOING COORDINATION WITH URBAN PARTNERS A symbiotic relationship exists between UWI St. Augustine and its neighbors, host regional corporations, national ministries, utility corporations and transportation initiatives (TRRTS). The University’s role in the conveyance, creation and application of knowledge permeates the local, national and regional cultures and economies to mutual benefit. The growth and development surrounding the campus impacts the institution, and conversely, the growth of the campus impacts its neighbors with respect to urban and natural systems. The only rational way to proceed is to commit to a long-term, structured dialogue that conveys information and creates the opportunity for joint planning.
IMPLEMENTATION
“PLAN YOUR WORK, WORK YOUR PLAN”
The University has taken a monumental and critical first step towards qualitatively and quantitatively enhancing its future by creating a Campus Master Plan. In doing so it opens a new chapter in the campus’ future of integrated planning. As with any such visionary step, challenges and opportunities will accrue. Maintaining an honest recognition of the ‘brutal facts,’ while maintaining optimism about the future, is essential. The Master Plan should be perceived as a positive implementing force guiding the campus’ future. It needs “traction” with early and obvious successes and the momentum of consistent, even persistent, implementation. It is meant to be flexible and visionary without being prescriptive or dogmatic.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
115
early implementation Upon completion of a master plan, many campuses face a “what now?” moment. The enthusiasm generated by the planning process within the campus community still hangs in the air, but the scope of work indicated by the plan can be daunting, and the close interrelationships between many projects can make it difficult to determine how to prioritize. A tested implementation strategy is to look for small, quickly achievable projects that tie in with those that are larger or more complex. Completion of these initial stepping stones builds momentum to tackle subsequent phases leading to the completion of major initiatives. This way, the administration can show results quickly, demonstrate active leadership, and maintain and build enthusiasm for the master plan. Several components of this Campus Master Plan make good candidates for this approach. These components share the virtues of being able to be completed quickly, while being directly related to further projects, and minimally disruptive to the surrounding areas and campus function.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
Five projects presented here relate to the new pedestrian/ vehicular/entry/circulation strategy: •
27 SPACES
Constructing the traffic roundabout at the North Entrance
•
Closing redundant roads east of the Administration Building, and creating a pedestrian alley
•
Planting the Queen’s 50-tree memorial at the Administration Building’s west entrance
•
Converting the TGR right-of-way to a public street
•
Constructing the traffic roundabout and roadway changes at the South Entrance
45 SPACES
Proposed North Gate Entry
EAS
TERN
MAIN
ROA
D
AGOSTINI STREET
NS
EVA EET
STR
Discussions with the Ministry of Works and Transport have explored construction of the North Entrance roundabout, regardless of university vs. government ownership of Agostini Street. This is a key project to ease traffic movement and develop the new ceremonial campus entrance and approach to the Administration building. Later projects, such as the new performing arts center, will crystallize around this site as campus transformation continues.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
UN
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
IVE RSIT
ST. AUGUSTINE CIR
5
10
15
17
CULAR ROAD
1
YD
5 86 85
10
80
E RIV
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
WAT TS ST RE
ET
Road Closed to Public Proposed New Road 100
Meters Feet
Proposed Road Access
Proposed 50 Tree Planting
116
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
200
WAY
EVELT HIGH
ILL ROOS
CHURCH
30
35
32
33
A further component of the roadway strategy – elimination of redundant roads at the heart of campus – may be accomplished in an incremental manner without significant impact to circulation. A good opportunity to start this process is the road east of the Administration Building. Deleting this road, as shown in the graphics below, will return a portion of the campus to pedestrian use, clear space for the location of future buildings, and allow construction of a new pedestrian walkway and trellis, with accompanying landscaping projects.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
Another enhancement to the grounds around the Administration Building forecourt is the 50-tree memorial, commemorating the University’s 50th year in St. Augustine. Construction of this landmark was scheduled to begin in October 2009, with the Queen’s visit. The completed memorial, along with the North Entrance roundabout and road-to-trellised walkway conversion mentioned above, will concentrate the first wave of master plan implementation around the Administration Building. This area quickly will be transformed into a campus showpiece, maintain enthusiasm for the Master Plan, and herald greater changes to come. 1
The TGR conversion has met with support from the government and utility authorities, including the Ministry of Works and Transport, and P.U.R.E. Since this project occurs outside of University property, it must be conducted under the authority of the government, rather than the University, but the University can provide impetus to keep the project moving forward. At completion, the conversion will reduce through traffic on campus. This will facilitate completion of the new campus roadway strategy. 5
86
85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars)
66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40
26
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
Ft.
200
400
5
10
15
17
30
35
32
33
Traffic congestion at the South Entrance can be reduced quickly by constructing a new roundabout and bus lane. Shown is a proposed scheme for a revised layout. However, public road projects adjacent to this area require coordination between the University and government. Recently, the government has been exploring the idea of grade-separated interchanges along the ChurchillRoosevelt Highway in response to the planned TRRTS Rapid Rail being constructed at grade level. A grade separation or roadway will result in a realignment to the current Campus Drive entrance, which would clearly impact the existing/proposed entry sequence, and therefore placement of the South Gate. 1
5
86
85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars)
66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
The proposed Nondenominational Worship Center is a small project that ties in well with the planned Senior Commons Room upgrade. These projects will provide needed enhancements to student life facilities. It is important that the University begin to occupy areas along the eastern edge of campus in anticipation of expansion toward the Tunapuna River.
200
400
Proposed South Gate Entry
IMPLEMENTATION
Ft.
A final project for early implementation requires no capital investment at all. The Plan recommends that UWI petition the government for approval to allow University buses to travel on the Priority Bus Route. This change in policy will immediately improve travel times between St. Augustine and outlying areas served by the University transit system. It will yield even greater benefits as the Mt. Hope Medical Campus and Orange Grove Campus are developed.
Proposed Non-denominational Worship Center
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
117
five year plan phase one
ACCOMMODATION PLAN â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5 years 201 202 203 204 205 206 206A 207 208 209 210 211 212 213
The first impact of the Master Plan is at the north end of what currently is called Main Campus, specifically in the area around the Administration Building. The critical relocation of the Works Department to new facilities near the Seismic Research Center on North Campus, will clear the way for the first wave of projects on Main Campus. Also on North Campus, to the east, a new cluster of staff and faculty townhomes will free North Campus space now occupied by single family homes. Key activities during Phase One include the demolition of many of the obsolete buildings on Main Campus, and their replacement with a new generation of buildings. Many of the buildings targeted for demolition are small, one or two storeys high, and close to the end of their useful life; their scattered placement prevents efficient use of campus space. New buildings will establish a fresh direction for the campus in several ways. They are predominately three- and four-storeys tall to retain the maximum of open greenscape, while achieving targeted square footages and building densities. They also shape fragmented open spaces to create a more coherent organization and sense of place. Finally, these buildings will help establish a consistent character and approach to the architectural and civil/ social qualities of campus. Much of this first phase may be organized into a series of initiatives, an organizational strategy to enable this significant scope of construction to be managed in smaller portions targeted at reworking specific areas of campus, or the facilities of specific faculties. This type of methodology groups construction projects according to related function, location, or impact on circulation, and can help the University achieve Master Plan goals while minimizing disruption across campus.
CCFA Phase II Expansion Running Track for SFW Field Demo Guild Student Advisory (Bldg 115) Demo Store Room (Bldg 119) Security, HR and Administration, IT Center Marketing and Communication, Guild Student Advisory, Business Development Office, Personnel and Industrial Relations Demo Personnel (Bldg 112) Demo Business Development (Bldg 106) Demo Senior Common Room (Bldg 113) Senior Common Room Upgrade Library Renovation and Expansion Upgrade North Gates and Fencing Upgrade South Gates and Fencing Demo CABI Buildings Demo Existing Seismic Facility Works Complex Demo Works (Bldgs 5,6,7,8,10,11,12,13,14) Relocate Existing Staff Social Club (Bldg 9) Center for Creative and Festival Arts Demo Creative Arts (Bldgs 3,4) Parking Deck/ Leasable Space Energy Plant Family Development Center Optometry/ Health Center Canada Hall Renovations
The first, or Arts Initiative, combines the above-mentioned Works Department relocation with new construction at its former site, including a new center for festival and performing arts on Main Campus. On North Campus, a new building for the Open Campus programme will be built. Accompanying this initiative is a new academic building for Humanities, which will flank the historic Administration Building.
464 sq.m. 430 sq.m. 26 sq. m.
6,922 sq.m. 425 sq.m. 550 sq.m. 913 sq.m. 2,647 sq.m. 2,936 sq.m. 56 sq.m. 56 sq.m. 771 sq.m. 7,200 sq.m. 4,459 sq.m. 8,966 sq.m. 835 sq.m. 1,227 sq.m. 399 sq.m. 1,858 sq.m. 3,204 sq.m.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
Second will be the Sciences Initiative, which will complete a new main entrance for campus. Included in this initiative are a new parking structure to support arts center attendance as well as this end of campus, new laboratory and academic space for the sciences, and a relocation of the historic Staff Social Club. New buildings in this initiative highlight the PBR underpass as the ceremonial entrance to campus and create a processional path of signature buildings and social spaces leading to the Administration Building.
45 SPACES
An additional initiative, also in support of the Sciences, will focus on the west side of campus and will include the replacement of greenhouses and obsolete facilities with new facilities for Science and Agriculture, and Engineering. Additional new buildings in this area will house the Eric. E. Williams Collection, a graduate student center, and general classroom space.
1
6
PHASE 2
GRASS PARKING
A Services Initiative will reshape the area between the Principalâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Residence and Daaga Auditorium. New buildings in this area will include space for a variety of administrative, campus service, and student service functions, as well as a health facility and additional Open Campus building.
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
The Student Service Initiative infills between Daaga Auditorium and the PBR with a food court, student union, recreation center, and interdenominational worship center. The present football field will be upgraded to support the new recreation center.
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
A Housing Initiative will inaugurate the eastward expansion of Main Campus. New undergraduate halls of residence will be located at the present Milner complex and near Trinity Hall. A new postgraduate hall of residence will be located adjacent to Canada Hall.
Feet
5-Year Demolition Plan
118
100
Meters
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
200
30
35
32
33
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230
Canada Hall – Post Grad Demo Office of Planning (Bldg 91) Demo Canada (Bldgs 92 and 96) Demo Milner (122, 123, 124, 125) Milner Block #1 Milner Block #2 Milner Block #3 Milner Commons Demo (6) Single Family Homes Psych Research/ Mgmt Studies Demo Health Center (Bldg 104) Demo Old Psych Research(105) Demo Deputy Principal (107A) Trinity Housing Block #1 Demo Management (101, 101A) Trinity Housing Block #2 Seismic Research Centre Expansion and Administrative Services Swimming Pool Demo Existing Swimming Pool Demo Store Room (Bldg 38) Demo Food Production (Bldg 42) Demo Soil Science (Bldg 43) Eric Williams Collection Museum Center for Graduate Students Daycare and Homework Center Chemistry Building Interdisciplinary Research Labs General Use Auditorium and Classrm Humanities and Education Bldg
231 232 233 234 235 235A 236 237 238 238A 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247
2,302 sq.m. 234 sq.m. 531 sq.m. 7,812 sq.m. 8,552 sq.m. 5,825 sq.m. 5,762 sq.m. 654 sq.m. 2,927 sq.m. 577 sq.m. 202 sq.m. 34 sq.m. 6,274 sq.m. 749 sq.m. 6,274 sq.m. 3,902 sq.m. 871 sq.m. 63 sq.m. 564 sq.m. 876 sq.m. 1,858 sq.m. 1,394 sq.m. 929 sq.m. 6,958 sq.m. 6,975 sq.m. 7,595 sq.m. 6,926 sq.m.
222
GRASS PARKING
243
201
219 241
27 SPACES
211
45 SPACES
209B
2,053 sq.m. 6,580 sq.m. 464 sq.m. 2,654 sq.m. 7,009 sq.m. 465 sq.m. 62 sq.m. 3,586 sq.m. 81 sq.m. 2,787 sq.m. 7,154 sq.m. 404 sq.m. 2,322 sq.m. 2,787 sq.m. 1,672 sq.m. 1,199 sq.m. 7,009 sq.m. 56 sq.m.
Additional new facilities will be built on North Campus. These include the first building in support of Social Science’s relocation to North Campus. Also planned during this phase are a family development center along St. John’s Road, and a new staff and faculty townhome complex. This complex will set the stage for further changes to North Campus during Phase Two.
28 SPACES
238
240
208
1,670 sq.m. 569 sq.m. 8,976 sq.m. 790 sq.m. 440 sq.m. 2,044 sq.m.
A few independent projects will complete Phase One construction on Main Campus. The JFK Library will receive an addition to house the campus’ new Information Commons, with a library annex adjacent. New facilities for water treatment and power generation will be built near the south entrance. At the north and south entrances, new security gates, fences, and traffic roundabouts will be installed.
207
219B
Demo C3 Chemistry (Bldg 58) Demo Temp Classrm 3 (Bldg 142) Engineering Bldg Demo Soil Science Greenhouses (Bldgs 27, 27A, 27B) Demo Cocoa Research (Bldg 30) Shade/ Greenhouses Demo Greenhouses and Storage (Bldgs 39, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51) Science and Agriculture Building Demo Police (Bldg 108) Addition to Student Administration Student Union/ Grade Separated Crossing Non-denominational Worship Demo Guard Hut (Bldg 131) Food Court Demo (6) Single Family Homes Demo Chemistry Plant (Bldg 53) General Classroom and Lecture High Density Staff Housing Staff Commons Add Single Family Homes on Orange Grove Law Building ISER, IIR and Salises Renovate Bldg 60 Open Campus (Gordon St) Open Campus (Main Campus) Recreation Center Republic Bank New Security Guard Station (North)
246
209 210
209A
206
236 230
235
232
216 218
228
215 224 227
229
217
1
245
6
223 233
244 235A
237
PHASE 2
225
204
212
242
30
35
226
to Ramp parking basement
234
231
Ramp
203
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
220
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
205
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
IMPLEMENTATION
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
206
213
CEMETAR
Y
202
214
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed 5-Year Accommodation Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
119
10 year plan phase two
ACCOMMODATION PLAN – 10 years 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320
During Phase Two, North Campus transforms from primarily a residential neighborhood to a mix of uses—academic, research, residential, recreation, and support. Key North Campus landmarks and open spaces are established. Because the scope of construction in this phase is so much smaller than in the first five years, and as these buildings are clustered, they may be considered to comprise one single initiative. A new chiller plant, located near the existing open campus facilities, will be constructed early in this phase to support cooling needs of new buildings as they come online. A suite of academic buildings will enclose a quadrangle at the HEU Building, and new halls of residence will define the eastern entrance to North Campus and bracket a courtyard social space. To the west, a student center will support the North Campus residential population. New Social Science facilities to support that faculty’s relocation and new administrative facilities round out this phase on the North Campus. An important development during this time will be the construction of the National Rapid Rail System’s UWI Station. This major new transportation facility is expected to revolutionize the campus’ multi modal split. A new large parking structure at the south entrance to campus will support the University community’s use of this new transit facility.
Demo Remainder of Single Family Residences Demo Campus Planning Office (Building 147) Renovate Main Administration Building New General Use Auditorium and Classroom Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Social Science Building Administrative Services Student Center Parking Deck Cricket Stadium Track and Field Stadium, Spectator Pavilion and Changing Facilities Energy Plant Housing (North) Housing (North) Housing Common Space (North) Housing (North) Housing (North) New Center for Creative Arts Food Court (North) Football Field New Campus Projects Office/ Works
Athletic facilities at the south end of the St. Augustine campus also will reach their completion during this phase. These include a new cricket stadium, track and field stadium, and football field. An additional component of the CCFA facilities will be located near the Evans Street entrance.
PHASE 2
100
Meters Feet
10 Year Demolition Plan
120
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
200
267 sq.m. 5,779 sq.m. 7,571 sq.m. 6,264 sq.m. 3,345 sq.m. 4,645 sq.m. 842 sq.m. 843 sq.m. 772 sq.m. 5,108 sq.m. 5,768 sq.m. 179 sq.m. 5,051 sq.m. 5,990 sq.m. 2,787 sq.m. 2,622 sq.m. 2,508 sq.m.
320
309
28 SPACES
310
318 305
304 303
27 SPACES
302
314 313
301
315
316
45 SPACES
317
1
6
PHASE 2
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
319
IMPLEMENTATION
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
307
30
35
32
33
306 CEMETAR
Y
308
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed 10 Year Accommodation Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
121
20 year plan phase three
ACCOMMODATION PLAN â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20 years 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423
Three key events comprise the final phase of the Master Plan: infill on the existing campus reaches completion, development on North Campus is complete, and the stage is set for future campus expansion eastward toward the Tunapuna River. On Main Campus, general use academic buildings and interdisciplinary research laboratories will provide additional space for shared use by multiple faculties. This will bring greater flexibility to class scheduling in many programmes. These buildings also shape the open space on campus, enclosing the western edge of the Savannah, and defining new academic quads near the TGR and Performing Arts Building. A similar pattern of infill occurs on North Campus. Two key buildings built during this phase are the Library annex, and a parking structure to serve the growing North Campus community. The Library annex will complete the enclosure of a large open space at the heart of this campus. Several new halls of residence, academic and administrative buildings, and a recreation center will shape smaller spaces and quads, bringing that campus to its final form. The open area between the recreation center and staff townhomes will be developed into a cricket field for North Campus recreation. The Master Plan reaches completion with a cluster of projects on the east side of campus. A parking structure will support athletic event attendance. A chiller plant alongside this structure will provide cooling capacity for four new halls of residence. The easternmost of these halls will be adjacent to the Tunapuna River. As campus expands in the years beyond the planning horizon, development along the river will sweep north, eventually enclosing a large open space mirroring the Savannah, and creating a green heart for eastern campus.
Academic Building (North Campus) Academic Building Demo C4 Chemistry (Building 56) Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Academic Building Academic Building (North Campus) New General Use Auditorium and Classroom Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Academic Building Administrative Services (North) New Library Annex (North) Parking Deck Demo Temporary Classroom (Building 136) Parking Deck (North) Recreation Center (North) Energy Plant Housing Housing Housing (North) Housing (North) Housing/ Housing Commons (North) Housing Housing Housing/ Housing Commons (North) Cricket Field
PHASE 2
100
Meters Feet
20 Year Demolition Plan
122
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
200
6,277 sq.m. 5,192 sq.m. 1,352 sq.m. 7,551 sq.m. 4,504 sq.m. 6,220 sq.m. 5,119 sq.m. 6,212 sq.m. 5,017 sq.m. 4,251 sq.m. 13,471 sq.m. 513 sq.m. 1,397 sq.m. 399 sq.m. 7,525 sq.m. 6,902 sq.m. 6,465 sq.m. 5,400 sq.m. 4,918 sq.m. 7,393 sq.m. 7,346 sq.m. 4,589 sq.m.
412 418 28 SPACES
417
410
405 27 SPACES
424 409 413 419 401 45 SPACES
422
402
406
404 1
6
407 403 408
PHASE 2
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
416
421 Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
415
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
420
1
5
10
15
17
411 414
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51
IMPLEMENTATION
50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETAR
Y
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed 20 Year Accommodation Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
123
master plan by district The Implementation Section will examine Campus in detail, focusing on changes over time and non-building projects, such as circulation and infrastructure alterations. The Campus is shown organized into five districts, to facilitate this examination. The Main Campus is split into three districts: Central, South, and East. East Campus is primarily an area anticipated for long-term expansion. The University Town District includes major pedestrian connectors between campuses and areas of significant University influence. North Campus is treated as a single district.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
NORTH DISTRICT
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
UNIVERSITY TOWN
CENTRAL DISTRICT
1
6
EAST DISTRICT
S TENNIS COURT
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
SOUTH DISTRICT CEMETA
RY
District Plan
124
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
33
IMPLEMENTATION
35
32
100
Meters Feet
30
200
Master Plan Illustrative â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20 Year Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
125
central district This district is the main focus of activity during the first five-year phase of the Master Plan. While many building and landscape projects may be executed independently, certain actions must happen in sequence to minimize disruption to campus function and prepare for later development. The most important sequential actions relate to roadway restructuring and completion of the loop road concept Regarding roadways, the first step in the loop-road project is closure of the Agostini/St. Augustine Circular Road route to non-University traffic. Allowance must be made for local residences that are only accessible by this route. Residents on these streets may be accommodated by security gate location, pass cards, or other means. This closure will reduce on-campus traffic and more easily permit realignment of existing road sections and construction of new ones. More or less concurrent with this closure is the development of the TGR right-of-way and road extension to complete the campus loop road. This work involves changes to roads on both public and campus lands, so some cooperation by the government will be required to achieve this. Also during this time, the north entrance from the PBR underpass will be revamped to become the new official entrance to campus. This entrance route will include a new security gate and booth, and landscaped traffic roundabout, featuring flags to represent the University’s supporting nations. It will terminate at a formal lawn and driveway loop serving the Administration Building. This new lawn will be framed by a memorial planting of 50 trees, to commemorate the potential visit by the Queen of England during the campus’ 50th anniversary celebration.
1
6
PHASE 2
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
GRASS PARKING
Architectural changes to campus begin in this phase with the relocation of the Works Department to North Campus. This clears the way for the establishment of a new Festival Arts Center and parking structure with ground floor commercial space. A pedestrian bridge will link the buildings. Pedestrian plazas and a potential café space will make this a gathering spot and focus of activity, and create a celebratory campus entry. The Administration Building will be flanked on the west by new academic and laboratory buildings. These buildings, through later additions, will extend east, creating a new quad focused on student life activities. This quad features a trellised walkway connecting to the new recreation center and student center. Meanwhile, the west and east sides of campus will see the replacement of outdated facilities with new ones. This wave of construction will stretch south to bound and define the Savannah. Landscaping alterations will accompany this construction to reshape the pedestrian environment in line with the new circulation and storm-water management strategies. Infrastructure improvements may be made as construction progresses.
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Central Campus Illustrative CEMETAR
Y
100
Meters Feet
208 209
200
210
206 236 232
235 230
228
227 224 1
229
6
245
223
233 237
244 212
PHASE 2
225 30
35
226 231
203
to Ramp parking basement
234 Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
50 Tree Memorial Planting
126
Proposed Central Campus 5-Year Accommodation Plan
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO CEMETARY
5
10
5-Year Plan – Phase I 203 206 208 209 210 212 223 224 225 226
New Security, HR and Administration, Marketing and Communications, New Guild Student Advisory, Business Development Office, Personnel and Industrial Relations North Gate Center for Creative and Festival Arts Parking Deck and Leasable Space Energy Plant Optometry and New Health Center Swimming Pool Eric Williams Collection Center for Graduate Studies Daycare and Homework Center
10-Year Plan – Phase II 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 244 245
Chemistry Building Interdisciplinary Research Lab New General Use Auditorium and Classroom Humanities and Education Building Engineering Building New Shade/ Greenhouses Science and Agriculture Building Addition to Student Administration Student Union Food Court General Classroom and Lecture Open Campus Recreation Center
317
New Center for Creative Arts
20-Year Plan – Phase III 402 403 404 406 407 408 28 SPACES
27 SPACES
Academic Building Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Academic Building New General Use Auditorium and Classroom Interdisciplinary Research Laboratories Academic Building
45 SPACES
402
406
317
404 1
1
6
6
407
408
403
PHASE 2
IMPLEMENTATION
PHASE 2
30
30
35
35
to Ramp parking basement
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
Proposed Central Campus 10 Year Accommodation Plan
Proposed Central Campus 20 Year Accommodation Plan 45
43
42
40
26
30
35
32
33
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
CEMETARY
CEMETARY
127
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects Central Campus Phase 1 1) Closure of Agostini St/ St. Augustine Circular to Public Add and Upgrade walks each side of road.
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Upgrade storm water drainage
Existing Road redesignated as Private – open to UWI and designated traffic only
Upgrade paving/ roads as appropriate Remove security fence except at gates/
Add Regional Transit stops
perimeter – Upgrade perimeter Fencing
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Extend Central Chilled Water main loops
Potable
Sanitary
2
2) North Entry/ Main Admin. West New Entry Gate
Upgrade Roads as needed
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
New 50 tree ceremonial planting
Upgrade storm water drainage
Add Retention Field
Add Traffic Circle
Upgrade paving/ roads as appropriate
1
Remove security fence except at gates/ perimUpgrade parking
4
eter – Upgrade perimeter Fencing
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Potable
Sanitary
3) Savannah Improvements Add and Upgrade walks
Upgrade Lighting
New specimen quality trees in the parkland zone, and plaques
Upgrade general landscaping and seating
6
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead Upgrade storm water drainage/ swales
lines
Extend Central Chilled Water main loops
Potable
3
Sanitary
4) Main Administration East Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
New recreation/ storm retention fields
Potable
Sanitary
6) TGR Upgrades New road in right-of-way, Springer to Watts
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade treeplanting and landscaping
Upgrade storm-water drainage
Add Retention Pond
Respond to TRRTS development
Add Regional Transit stops Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead
Upgrade perimeter Fencing
lines
Extend Central Chilled Water main loops
Potable
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed Central Campus – Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects
Ft.
Proposed North Campus Aerial
128
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
200
400
Proposed Preservation and Enhancement of the Savannah
In accord with the new Festival Arts Center and parking structure, a new Central Chiller plant will be constructed to service this district. Extension of the chilled water loops may be incremental, but must continue in their implementation and in accord with the building programme as it develops. Extension of all the other critical systems include electrical, potable and storm-water management must continue to meet new expansion as it occurs. The pedestrian walkway systems in this district need to upgraded, and added, as warranted, with sufficient capacity to meet the needs of the pedestrian public, and with adequate lighting to maintain security. Internal fencing should be removed, and the perimeter fencing should be replaced with upgraded architectural fencing to meet established University standards. Landscaping improvements should be imbedded in all phases of the work.
IMPLEMENTATION
The western edge of the Central District infill continues in a series of smaller, independent projects during the second and third phases of the Master Plan.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
129
27 SPACES
PHASE 2
27 SPACES
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
south district
Ramp
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
spaces)
45 SPACES
20
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
45 SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
220 1
5 86 85
10
221
80
14
75
15
70
New parking area (100 cars)
20
Of the several independent projects that occur in this district during Phase One, three are important to note. Improvements will be made to the electrical substation and water treatment plant at the south end of campus. This important preparation will enable the campus to support new facilities. Another significant project is a new Information Commons addition to the rear of the JFK Library. This will house multimedia technologies vital to academic research and interaction in today’s university campus. Its setting, with a large canopied plaza overlooking the Savannah, will become an important social hub. The other significant component for this district is the upgrade of the South campus entry road and gate. The final design and configuration for this entry will be largely determined in accord with the anticipated completion of the new national Rapid Rail Station at the campus’ southern entry. This station will be accompanied by a new campus parking structure. Rapid Rail is expected to improve commuting options for the campus population and provide easy connection with Port of Spain, Piarco International Airport, and distant parts of the island. A critical upgrade to Watts Street is also envisioned as part of the Rapid Rail project.
66
205
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
206A
30
35
32
33
213
214
202
A CEMETARY
B
1
1
6
6
Proposed South Campus 5-Year Accommodation Plan 28 SPACES
202 205 206A 213 214
Running Track for SFW Field Library Renovation and Expansion South Gate Canada Hall Renovations Canada Hall – Post Grad
PHASE 2
PHASE 2
220 221 A B
New Trinity Housing Block #1 New Trinity Housing Block #2 New Sanitary New Substation 27 SPACES
30
30
35
35
to Ramp parking basement
to Ramp parking basement
Improvements to athletic fields also are slated for Phase Two. The campus ultimately will feature a cluster of athletic facilities, featuring the existing cricket pitch, as well as a new track and rugby stadium and football field. These will be followed in Phase Three by a new parking structure to support athletic events.
Ramp
Ramp
to basement 18
to basement
parking
parking
lot (20
spaces)
spaces)
lot (20
20
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES 18
20
25
1
29
5
45 SPACES
10
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
15
10
15
17
17
1
1 5 86 85
5 86 85 10
80
10 14 80
75 14
15 75
15
70
New parking area (100 cars) 70
20
66
New parking area (100 cars)
20
25
66
25
65
Storm-water detention basins will be constructed adjacent to the water treatment plant and Rapid Rail complex to control runoff and minimize flooding along Watts Street.
65
60
60
55
52
55
51 50
52
319
51 50
45
43 45 42
43 40 26
42
40 26 30
35
33
32
307
As with all districts, implementation of pedestrian walkway systems, site lighting, chilled water loop, electrical, IT, potable, and storm-water management extensions need to continue to meet new expansion as it occurs. Internal fencing should be removed, and the perimeter fencing should be replaced with upgraded architectural fencing to meet established University standards. Landscaping improvements should be imbedded in all phases of the work.
30
35
32
33
306
CEMETARY CEMETARY
308
1
6
Proposed South Campus 10 Year Accommodation Plan 306 307 308 319
Parking Deck Cricket Stadium Track and Field Stadium, Spectator Pavilion and Changing Facilities Football Field PHASE 2
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
411
5 86 85
414
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
CEMETARY
Proposed South Campus 20 Year Accommodation Plan 411 414
130
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Parking Deck Energy Plant
30
35
32
33
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
PHASE 2
Proposed South Campus Aerial
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5
1
5
86 85
10
70
New parking New parking area area (100 cars) (100 cars) 66
25
75
15
70
20
80
14
75
15
20
86 85
10 80
14
66
25
65
60
55
52
65
60
55
52
51
51
50
50
45
45
43
43
42
42
40
40
26
26
30
30
35
35
32
32
33
33
CEMETA
100 200
100
Meters Feet
IMPLEMENTATION
RY
Meters
Feet
30
200
Proposed South Campus Illustrative
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
131
Ft.
23
3
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
9 11 5
200
400
100
Meters Feet
7
18
200
Proposed South Campus – Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects
Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects – South Campus Phase 1 3) Savannah Improvements
Upgrade storm-water drainage
Add Retention Field
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Add and Upgrade walks
Add Retention pond
Add Traffic Circle
Road Improvements – by others
Upgrade Lighting
Respond to TRRTS development
Upgrade paving/ roads as appropriate
Respond to TRRTS development
New specimen quality trees in the parkland zone, and plaques
Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
Respond to TRRTS development
Upgrade general landscaping and seating
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Upgrade parking
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Sanitary
Extend Central Chilled Water main loops
Phase 3
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
23) Tuna Puna River Improvement
New Entry Gate
Potable
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Sanitary
Upgrade Roads as needed
Sanitary
Upgrade storm-water drainage
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
9) Watts Street Improvements
Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
Add and Upgrade walks
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
Potable
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Upgrade storm-water drainage
Extend Central Chilled Water main loops
Sanitary
Proposed South Campus Aerial
132
perimeter Fencing
18) TRRTS Station – by Others
Potable
5) and 11) New Water Treatment Plant and Electric Substation
7) New South Entry
Remove security fence except at gates/ perimeter – Upgrade
Phase 2
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
IMPLEMENTATION
Proposed Library Addition
Proposed JFK Plaza
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
133
east district Full implementation of the East District is dependent upon the purchase of properties, which a re currently under private ownership. However, approximately 50 percent of this district is currently owned, and will be developed. In Phase One, new halls of residence in the Housing Block, and student commons facilities will complete the enclosure of the quad bounded by the new recreation and student centers and the Administration Building. Also planned are the new senior commons building and non-denominational worship center on the present site of the UWI Chaplaincy. This district essentially achieves built-out capacity by the end of Phase One. The anticipated property acquisitions will set the stage for further residential expansion in Phase Three and beyond. Planners anticipate the campus eventually will enclose all the land along the Tunapuna River between Watts Street and the PBR. Such expansion will permit the University to cope with growth beyond the 20-year scope of this Master Plan. An upgrade of Pasea Street will be required, along with the implementation of pedestrian walkway systems, site lighting, chilled water loop, electrical, IT, potable, and storm-water management extensions need to continue to meet new expansion as it occurs. Internal fencing should be removed, and the perimeter fencing should be replaced with upgraded architectural fencing to meet established University standards. Landscaping improvements should be imbedded in all phases of the work.
204 215 216 217 218 235A
GRASS PARKING
Senior Commons Room Milner Housing Block 1 Milner Housing Block 2 Milner Housing Block 3 Milner Commons Non-denominational Worship Center
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70 28 SPACES 28 SPACES
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
27 SPACES
27 SPACES
60
55
52
51 50
45
415 416 420 421
Housing Housing Housing Housing
43
42
40 26
30
35
33
32
100
Meters
45 SPACES
Feet
45 SPACES
200
Proposed East Campus Illustrative
100
Meters Feet
200 218 215
216
217 1 1
6 6
235A
PHASE 2 PHASE 2
204 30 30
35 35
to Ramp parking basement
to Ramp parking basement
416
421 Ramp
to basement
parking
lot (20
420
spaces)
Ramp
18 18
20
25
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
29 49 TOTAL SPACES
49 TOTAL SPACES
1 1
5
10
15
5
10
17
15
17
415
1 1
5 86
5 86
85 85
10 10 80 80
14 14
75 75
15 15
70 70
20
20
New parking area (100 cars)
New parking area (100 cars) 66
66
25 25
65 65
60 60
55 55
52 52
51 51 50 50
45 45
43 43 42 42
40 40
26
26
30
35
32
33
Proposed East Campus 5-Year Accommodation Plan CEMETA
RY
134
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Proposed East Campus 20 Year Accommodation Plan CEMETA
RY
30
35
32
33
Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects East Campus Phase 1 1) Closure of Agostini St/ St. Augustine Circular to Public Add and Upgrade walks each side of road Upgrade Lighting Upgrade tree planting and landscaping Upgrade storm water drainage Existing Road redesignated as Private – open to UWI and designated traffic only Upgrade paving/ roads as appropriate
1
Add Regional Transit stops Remove security fence except at gates/ perimeter – Upgrade perimeter Fencing Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines Extend Central Chilled Water main loops Potable
25
Sanitary
Phase 3 23) Tunapuna River Improvement Upgrade tree planting and landscaping Upgrade storm water drainage Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
23
Extend Primary Electrical Potable Sanitary
25) Pasea Street Connection/ Improvement Add and Upgrade walks each side of road Upgrade Lighting Upgrade tree planting and landscaping Add perimeter Fencing Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines Potable Sanitary
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
35
32
33
100
Meters Feet
30
200
IMPLEMENTATION
Proposed East Campus – Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects
Proposed East Campus Aerial
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
135
university town The critical need in this district is to reinforce the primary routes of travel between Main and North Campuses. The western route, to become the Transit Mall, will benefit from cooperative efforts between the University and local government to develop a programme of sidewalk and road improvements and landscaping. To improve pedestrian safety, vehicular traffic will be limited to local residents. This route also may become the designated route for the University’s transit system, shuttling students between the two campuses. Further east, another route will be established along Austin Street. At a minimum, it should see the same improvements to pavements and landscape as the Transit Mall. However, it would be preferable to strengthen this linkage by acquiring property along Austin Street. The Presbyterian church owns a swath of property extending nearly the length of the street on the west side. At present, no specific intention exists for purchase and development of this land, but it is suggested that the University consider such action. Acquisition of a “land bridge” between the two campuses would help unify them and facilitate movement between them. It would also provide the University with several development options. One suggested concept is a “University Town” development. This would include a mix of faculty housing, social activity space, and leasable commercial space. These types of mixed-use developments are effective creators of community, and they contribute positively to the life of their neighborhoods.
Existing McCarthy Street
Finally, local government upgrades to the other streets in this district will improve traffic flow and pedestrian safety for the University populace and local residents.
Proposed Transit Mall on McCarthy Street
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed University Town Illustrative
136
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
Land Bridge Linking North and Main Campus 45 SPACES
Proposed University Town 5-Year Accommodation Plan
1
6
Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects – University Town
PHASE 2
Phase 1 30
8) Austin Street
35
to Ramp parking basement
14
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
Upgrade Lighting
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping 1
Upgrade storm-water drainage
5 86 85
10
80
14
Provide/ Improve Regional Transit and stops
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
12) Transit Mall
19
65
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
60
55
12
52
51 50
Upgrade Lighting
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping Upgrade storm-water drainage Provide/ Improve Regional Transit and stops
8
Phase 2
CEMETA
RY
19) Warren Street (North) Improvements 100
Meters Feet
Roadway upgrades – by Ministry of Works
20
20) St. Johns Road Roadway upgrades – by Ministry of Works
200
Proposed University Town – Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40
Ft.
200
30
35
32
33
IMPLEMENTATION
26
400
Proposed University Town Aerial
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
137
north district Of all the St Augustine campus districts, the North Campus will see the most radical changes. Over the course of the Master Plan’s 20-year time frame, this area will transform from a neighborhood of single family homes to a full-fledged campus, incorporating academic and administrative functions, housing for faculty and students, and recreation facilities. The layout of this campus is envisioned as a sequence of three large open spaces, linked by small plazas, arcades, and portals. This new campus presents an exciting opportunity for the University in several respects. It represents continued growth of the University, including expansion of their graduate study and research agendas. Furthermore, given the compact size and shape of the North Campus property, and the Master Plan’s clearly defined building programme, the campus may be planned and executed in a well-integrated manner. Utility infrastructure, drainage, circulation, and architectural character may be established at the start of development. It is hoped that the relatively short time frame, from Phase One to Phase Two, will allow the University to adhere to its initial plan, and not be subject to shifts in priorities and circumstances that often are seen in campuses developed over longer periods or with an evolving building programme. During Phase One, facilities for the Works Department, Open Campus, and Social Science will relocate to North Campus, which permits subsequent alterations to Central and South districts. A new faculty townhome complex also is established at this time, preparing the way for replacement of the single-family residences with new facilities. A new tree-lined pedestrian path from Warner Street to the Seismic Research Center at Gordon Street is installed during this phase. A new Central Chiller Plant and distribution system to serve this district is proposed in this first phase. Sanitary systems for the existing single unit homes are currently addressed through a series of self-contained septic systems and drain fields. Therefore a new central / piped sanitary system will be required for the majoring of this district. Implementation of electrical, IT, potable, extensions need to continue to meet new expansion as it occurs. Internal fencing should be removed, and the perimeter fencing should be replaced with upgraded architectural fencing to meet established University standards. Landscaping improvements should be imbedded in all phases of the work. Phase Two includes new halls of residence, academic and administrative buildings, a student center, and a dedicated power plant to serve growing North Campus facilities. Walkways and landscaping define new quads and green spaces as the campus takes shape. Existing pedestrian paths are reinforced through plantings and improvements, and vehicle turnarounds will be installed at either end of campus to support the Transit Mall and facilities near the St. John’s Road apartments. Build-out in Phase Three includes a new Library annex, additional halls of residence, academic and recreation facilities, and a parking garage for North Campus faculty and residents.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
100
Meters
45 SPACES
Feet
200
Proposed North Campus Illustrative
138
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
222 207
GRASS PARKING
243
238
28 SPACES
201 219 240 219B
241
27 SPACES
211
45 SPACES
Proposed North Campus 5-Year Accommodation Plan 201 207 211 219
219B 222 238
CCFA Phase II Expansion New Works Complex Family Development Center New Psych Research Unit
Management Studies Building Seismic Research Center High Density Staff Housing
240 241 243
New LAW Building Relocated ISER, IIR, and SALISES Open Campus â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Gordon Street
315 316 318 320
Housing Housing Food Court New Works Office
419 422 424
Housing and Commons Housing and Commons Recreational Cricket Field
320
1
6
28 SPACES
309 PHASE 2
310 27 SPACES
304
314
302
318
30
35
313
to Ramp parking basement
303
315
301
Ramp
316
18
to basement
parking
lot (20
20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
45 SPACES
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
Proposed North Campus 10 Year Accommodation Plan 301 302 303 304
New parking area (100 cars)
20
66
25
309 310 313 314
New General Use Auditorium and Classroom Interdisciplinary Research Laboratory Social Science Building Administrative Services
Energy Plant Housing Housing Housing Common Space
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
CEMETA
RY
1
6
412 417
418 28 SPACES
PHASE 2
405 410 27 SPACES
30
424
IMPLEMENTATION
35
to Ramp parking basement
409
401
413 419
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
5
422
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
10
15
17
45 SPACES
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
Proposed North Campus 20 Year Accommodation Plan 401 405 409 410
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
412 413 417 418
Academic Building Academic Building Administrative Services New Library Annex
CEMETA
RY
Parking Deck Recreation Center Housing Housing
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
139
Proposed North Campus – 5-Year Plan
Proposed North Campus – 10 Year Plan
Proposed North Campus – 20 Year Plan
140
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
17
15
13
19
22
16
21
24
14
100
Meters Feet
200
Proposed North Campus – Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects
Transportation, Infrastructure, and Landscape Projects – North Campus Phase 2
Phase 3
13) New Walk (Warner to Gordon)
Upgrade storm-water drainage/ swales
20) St. Johns Road
24) New Pedestrian Connector
Add new walk
Upgrade Lighting
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
Add new walk
Potable
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Upgrade Lighting
Upgrade storm-water drainage/ swales
Sanitary
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Upgrade Lighting
14) Warner Street Upgrades
Potable
Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Add and Upgrade walks north side of road
Sanitary
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Extend Central Chilled Water main loops
Upgrade Lighting
17) Gordon Street (East-West)
Potable
Potable
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
Add and Upgrade walks south side of road
Sanitary
Sanitary
Upgrade storm-water drainage
Upgrade Lighting
16) Open Space
Provide/ Improve Regional Transit and stops
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
21) Open Space
Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
Upgrade and add perimeter Fencing
22) Open Space
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Extend primary IT and electrical/ bury overhead lines
Add Retention Fields
Potable
Potable
Upgrade Lighting
Sanitary
Sanitary
Upgrade tree planting and landscaping
15) Gordon Street (North-South)
19) Warren Street (North) Improvements
Potable
Add and Upgrade walks each side of road
Roadway upgrades – by Ministry of Works
Sanitary
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
40 26
30
35
32
33
IMPLEMENTATION
25
Proposed North Campus
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
141
west campus / mt. hope medical arts campus
Medical Arts Campus- Existing
Existing Mt. Hope Campus
Existing Field Station
Land-use studies for the Medical Arts and Agriculture campuses were not specifically required by the Master Plan’s scope of work. The planning team felt it prudent, however, to conduct an initial study of these properties and their holding capacity for programme facilities. The programmes assumed for each campus included academic, administrative, research, residential, and support spaces, so that the campus communities would be relatively self-contained and minimize commuting between them and Main Campus. The Medical Arts Campus is imagined to be developed in three phases, like Main Campus. During early phases, an academic and residential corridor is established as a buffer between the Uriah Butler Highway and residential neighborhoods to the east. This buffer eventually would contain facilities for the medical and veterinary programmes, as well as a community medical clinic. Later phases would see preservation of a central core green space, bounded on the west by the academic corridor and by a future residential area to the east.
Ft.
1000
500 Existing Medical Arts and Agriculture Campus
Medical Arts Campus - Phase 1
An internal loop road, ringing the green core, would serve all these spaces and provide connection to the Mt. Hope Hospital complex. Shuttle buses would run between the hospital and medical arts campus, and to Main Campus.
Ft. 1000 500 Proposed Medical Arts Expansion – Phase One
Medical Arts Campus - Phase 2
Ft. 1000 500 Proposed Medical Arts Expansion – Phase Two
Medical Arts Campus Buildout/Faculty Housing
Ft. Medical 1000 500 Proposed Arts Expansion – Phase Three
142
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
east campus / orange grove campus The “Orange Grove” is a 85.4 hectare (211-acre) parcel approximately 4.8 kilometers (three miles) from the St. Augustine Campus. UWI is currently in discussions to acquire the property to build faculty housing and research facilities in addition to planting about 50 percent of the land. Main campus is nearly at its built capacity, and the institution is looking for opportunities to match needed programme elements with new lands. As with the Medical Arts and Agriculture Campuses, the Orange Grove Campus was not specifically contracted for within this Master Plan’s scope of work. However, the planning team did conduct an initial study of these properties and their holding capacity for programme facilities. The conceptual scheme shown yields approximately 92,903 gross square meters (1 million gross square feet) of new research space and is located in the northeastern portion of the site at the main entry. Research buildings are organized around a long central open space to create a campus-like feel and to promote interaction among researchers. They are three levels tall. At the southeast end of the research “mall,” a public events building is proposed that would house conferences and other events. At the north edge of the fields, specific agricultural research buildings are shown. These may be single-level greenhouses or multi-level research and office buildings. The mixed-use portion of the scheme provides approximately 9,290 gross square meters (100,000 gross square feet) of ground-floor rentable space. Another 13,935 gross square meters (150,000 gross square feet) exists on second and partial third floors. This area provides a central location for a few shops, offices and perhaps some academic functions. The circular outdoor space is the social center of the development. Parking for the commercial areas of the site purposefully is located on the periphery to promote a pedestrian-oriented environment. One parking deck is indicated, housing approximately 1,000 cars on five levels. Another surface lot on a similar footprint is designed to accommodate a second parking deck if necessary. On the northwest portion of the site, 104 housing units are shown. The largest portion of the housing district holds 48 large home sites of approximately 0.2 hectare (one-half acre) each; 28 smaller sites of about 0.1 hectare (one-quarter acre) each are also shown. Finally, 28 townhouse-style units are shown on the east side of the housing district. Public open space would allow walking paths and play areas, as well as storm-water solutions.
Research Mixed Use Housing Parking
IMPLEMENTATION
Development of these properties will require the full range of infrastructure support.
Proposed Orange Grove Plan
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
143
1920â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s
1954
PHASE 2
2007
144
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
PHASE 2
2012
PHASE 2
2007
1974
IMPLEMENTATION
PHASE 2
2017
2027
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
145
design design guidelines
design guidelines
“What are the appropriate architectural tectonics that provide commodity, firmness and delight for this particular place?” How can the campus architecture physically embody the essence of this place? We must emphasize the importance of the outdoor room.
148
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
contents introduction •
Historical Context
•
Imperial College of Agriculture
•
University of the West Indies
open Space
general principles •
The Outdoor Room
typologies •
Edges
•
Gateways
•
Playing Fields
•
Quads
•
Courtyards
•
Connectors
•
Site Amenities
architecture
campus wide guidelines •
Massing/Proportion/Scale
•
Siting
•
Entry
•
Roof
district wide guidelines South, Central, East, U-Town, North •
Urban Design Guidelines
•
Architectural Guidelines
•
Predominate Character of District – Construction Method
•
Geometry/Massing/Scale
•
Fenestration
•
Material
•
Landscape
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
149
introduction These guidelines provide a general framework for institutional decision making regarding the disposition of open space and the character of built form. They are guidelines only; seeking to promote a level of consistency across campus as new landscapes and buildings come on line. Several factors are important to consider at the outset. An understanding of the origins of the campus is critical to inform new projects. Climatic issues historically have affected building form. Historic landscapes should be recognized. The current strategic agenda plays an enormous role in informing the number, type and size of new projects. As enrolment continues to skyrocket, more new buildings and grounds will be critical to grow the academic mission. The Design Guidelines create a set of criteria for implementing these new projects. The guidelines are arranged to first give a campus overview. A brief history of the physical campus is followed by concepts concerning open space and place making. Architectural guidelines describe both campus-wide and district level recommendations. There are unifying elements that may be smaller in scale, but large in impact. These can be repeated across campus; either as building elements, site amenities or materials. Broadly, the UWI campus is composed of a series of neighborhoods, each with different character. Each has a mix of uses and may be associated more with campus epochs than with programmes use or directly with style. There are five such neighborhoods to consider. Balancing a consistency of form, material and articulation within each district is the goal. A few well-placed soloist buildings can reinforce campus hierarchy and add richness. In fact, we can consider the campus as a symphony; composed of many singular elements, repetitive elements, some larger movements and solos. When well-composed, it becomes a sublime and harmonious holistic creation. Both are experienced temporally. A campus changes not only as one actively more through spaces, but also over time years and decades. The point is to create a functional and inspirational campus composition now while planning an implementable future that is equally inspiring.
A balance of built form and landscape create a memorable â&#x20AC;&#x153;placeâ&#x20AC;? at the Arts Complex
150
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
The campus was created in 1922 as the Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture. Trinidad at this time was a British colony. Its mission as a research and experimental center was to promote the growth of sugarcane, coffee, cocoa and other cash crops for the Empire. An impressive number of fields and building infrastructure was created to execute this mission, including what is now referred to as the Administration Building. The grounds became an arboretum featuring a wide variety of specimen plantings. In 1948, growth in the British University system came to the West Indies as the University of London expanded. The first campus for The University College of the West Indies was in Mona, Jamaica. Twelve years later, the Mona campus and the St. Augustine campus combined into one independent institution called the University of the West Indies.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
historical context
As the campus has grown and the academic mission evolved from an agriculturally based one to a full service university, building stock and density have necessarily increased greatly. Crop locations have become building sites. Some sacred spaces remain, however, and their heritage should be celebrated by remaining un-built into perpetuity. Either side of the Administration Building remains an open field used for casual recreation. The park-like area now referred to as the Savannah has remained intact and should be further enhanced. Early buildings on campus have a character that reflects both the tropical climate and context of the West Indies and the heritage of imperial British architectural style. The original Milner Hall represents the former, while the Administration Building is the epitome of the latter. Clearly, buildings with a civic nature tended toward the neoclassical, while halls of residence and “working buildings” were more vernacular. Today the institution has been charged to increase enrolment substantially. Protecting those sacred open spaces is critical. New buildings will have the opportunity to create edges to those spaces and balance built form with open space. Research, housing and support spaces will be prominent building types. A contemporary architectural expression that relates to the campus’ historic past derived from both British Colonial influences and Caribbean plantation will be most appropriate.
Historic aerial view southwest to Administration Building with agricultural fields and related buildings in the foreground
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
151
open space A campus is a collection of buildings and grounds that ideally work in concert to create a unified whole. Just as a building is comprised of an entry, hallways that connect major and minor rooms and served and service areas, a campus likewise utilizes gateways, vehicular, bike and pedestrian paths that connect major and minor outdoor rooms. These are usually coupled with major and minor buildings. There are also served and service spaces throughout campus. This hierarchy of connected open spaces formed by the edges of buildings is what makes a physical campus. The social, cultural and intellectual activity that happens within these spaces is what makes a place. These guidelines strive to continually reinforce the notion of space and place making. A collection of buildings with no relationship to one another surrounded by parking lots does not a campus make. A campus is a pedestrian realm. The climate of Trinidad and Tobago is ideal for creating a series of well connected outdoor rooms that are as important as indoor rooms. Open spaces, like buildings have different scales, programmes and importance. Large civic spaces are usually coupled with large public buildings. The library and Savannah at UWI reflect that physical and symbolic relationship. The Administration Building and its proposed flanking spaces will also attain that relationship. Many opportunities exist for a rich campus fabric beyond the major spaces for active outdoor classrooms or small intimate study spaces, open playing fields or park-like turf or finely manicured lawns and gardens.
The Savannah - a bucolic setting North of the library. Rain tree canopies act as solar umbrellas.
152
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
savannah This is the major civic open space on the UWI St. Augustine Campus. Anchored on the south end by the library, the space is characterized by large rain trees arranged informally on a turf lawn. Its irregular geometry further emphasizes its informality while creating the impression of greater expanse.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
typologies
The park-like setting should be maintained and emphasized. The feeling of enclosure overhead due to wide tree canopies is unique and provides needed shade. View corridors to the mountains in the north are important and should be maintained. Savannah edges need not to be formally arranged, but should provide a landscape transition between the open turf and building edge. Seating areas comprised of benches or large boulders are popular small gathering areas. The open turf is ideal for light recreational activities. Pedestrian circulation should primary occur at the edges of the space, however, there is need for east-west pedestrian links.
Savannah View
Savannah View
Savannah View
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
153
Playing Fields These landscape types may be reserved for intercollegiate sports only, recreational sports only or shared fields. The fields shown above would be mainly used for collegiate events. Grouping these fields together creates efficiencies in servicing the field, co-locating team lockers and other amenities. Purely recreational fields may be dispersed throughout campus. Activity creates enthusiasm and institutional pride. Recreation space should be provided near halls of residence for convenience and the promotion of healthy lifestyles.
Athletic Complex
Central District Playing Fields
Central District Playing Fields
154
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Campus edges should be both well-defined and visually porous. Accomplished through landscape treatment, walls, walks and roadways; the UWI edge need not feel like a fortress to be an effective boundary. (See the Security section for more information). Layering these elements creates a sense of threshold.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
Edges UWIâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s perimeter should be securely enclosed, while presenting views to the surrounding landscape.
The south edge of campus currently has the most urban feeling connection to its adjacent neighborhood. The addition of the Trini Train station and more parking should only add more activity, density and commercial activity at this location. The west edge of campus is very clearly defined by the TGR. Effort should be made to transform this edge into a functional and beautiful parkway as described in the Roadway Sections portion of the document. The north edge is also very clearly defined by the Primary Bus Route. The opportunity exists to enhance an already well-landscaped edge along this boundary with clearly identified gateway portals for autos and pedestrians. These gateways should be transitional thresholds between the University Town and campus. Links to the North Campus should be identifiable from these portals. Views through the north edge to the mountains beyond should be maintained.
Treed edge creates an identifiable boundary with under canopy views
The east edge of the UWI campus has the most potential for change. From a geographical perspective, a future boundary at the Tunapuna River makes sense. The University has major growth needs; east campus and north campus provide the biggest opportunity to handle this need. As new property is acquired on the east edge of campus, it is important to use the Master Plan as a guide for implementing long term pedestrian pathways to connect to the core.
Fencing can be functional and aesthetically pleasing
Retain views beyond boundaries
Connection to adjacent neighborhoods is mutually beneficial
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
155
Gateways Gateways are important portals into campus. They should create a sense of arrival and be identifiable enough as to provide clear campus orientation. The Master Plan proposes four auto accessible gateways, one on each edge of the main campus. The North Campus has defined gateways on the east and west edges. The gateway at the south edge of campus is proposed to be broad and open. It should be highlighted with a formal planting of street trees culminating in an open lawn at the south edge of JFK Plaza. The north gateway is a literal portal, as the tunnel under the PBR connects the busy commercial street on the north side to the bucolic civic space surrounding the Administration Building on the south. Both gateways may include traffic circles. These will act as both a monumental entry feature and facilitator of traffic flow.
North Gateway at Priority Bus Route
East and west gateways are continuations of neighborhood roads. The threshold into campus should be readily identifiable. These gateways are secondary to the north and south entries. Pedestrian and transit gateways are also important. The campus plan places major emphasis on a gateway at what is currently the â&#x20AC;&#x153;night gateâ&#x20AC;? on the north edge of central campus. This proposed gateway extends from the University Town and literally bridges the PBR into a student life building on campus. This building is the northern terminus to the major north-south pedestrian walkway on campus.
South Gateway
At a more detailed level, opportunities for gateways also exist at the courtyard level. These should be appropriately scaled to the size and importance of the space. The arts complex on North Campus provides a good example.
East Gateway
156
Pedestrian Gateway connecting central district to the university town
North Campus Gateway
Pedestrian Gateway
West Gateway
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Small and medium scaled courtywards should offer user amenities such as benches, trash cans, artwork and landscape features
Generally, courtyards should have a minimum width of two-thirds the height of its surrounding buildings. Primary or secondary building entries should open onto the courtyard. They may be two-, three- or four-sided, They may be private, allow access or be part of the circulation network.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
Courtyards These important space types are the ying to the yang of built form in creating a campus fabric. Courtyards are important to allow generous amounts of light and air to penetrate buildings. They create microclimates that may serve to cool the surrounding building through shade and evapotranspiration. They are useful as outdoor classroom and social gathering spaces. They can also prove useful in storm-water management.
Human-scaled elements and amenities such as fountains, sculpture, benches, seat walls and gardens are important features of successful courtyards. Plazas such as JFK Plaza usually have more hardscapes. There are useful spaces for events and heavy activity. Care must be taken to provide shade with trees or shade structures.
Connectors Beyond providing a suitable surface on which to walk, bike or drive, circulation paths have the potential to truly connect disparate places. A well-considered path can psychologically reduce the time it takes to go from one destination to another. The UWI campus framework creates the opportunity for straight axial connectors terminated by important buildings or architectural elements or more romantic curving paths that weave through the landscape. (Refer to the proposed circulation section of the report). A well-conceived connector should be well lit with pedestrian amenities such as benches or seat walls, trash cans and landscape elements. A hierarchy of paths has been proposed with different paving pattern associated with each.
Overhead cover, landscape, lighting and paving patterns make for usable and enjoyable walkways
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
157
site amenities Site amenities may be considered detail level open space considerations, but campus users come into contact with these features constantly while on the grounds. Consistent treatment across campus regarding site amenities will create a unified, connected and rich campus experience. Careful consideration should be given to issues of safety, comfort, utility, sustainability and durability.
Benches These are a critical element to encouraging use of outdoor spaces. Continued use of the existing standard is appropriate. More benches should be placed in major and minor outdoor spaces. If durability issues are a concern, painted metal options may be used. The use of site walls as seating is also useful, especially for short-term periods such as between classes. The opportunity for more tables and chairs exists throughout campus as well. Consider movable chairs to facilitate impromptu gatherings or study groups.
Bike Racks Biking to campus from adjacent neighborhoods should be encouraged and will be a useful way to access North Campus as it grows. Racks should be located to the side of building entries. Durable painted metal with a hardscape paving surface is preferred. Locate low scale plantings around the bike racks to blend in with the landscape.
Lighting Consistent lighting is important for nighttime safety on campus. Downward lighting is preferred so as to better light pathways and to curb unnecessary light pollution. Standards should be three to five meters. Bracket mounts allow banner display. Electrical outlets may be useful for special events. Increasingly, light standards are available with integral photovoltaic cells to power the fixtures without having to tap into the power grid.
Fencing An important transformative feature for the St. Augustine campus would be implementation of new fencing. Masonry columns with wrought iron fencing are preferred. These can be both functional and attractive in that they allow views into campus, provide protection against climbing and give the campus edge a positive identity. Masonry walls should be used to screen mechanical equipment and dumpsters. Hedges and fencing with vines also create useful and attractive screens.
Trashcans Consistency is important. Choose a standard and only use it. Recycling bins should be employed across campus as well.
158
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Paving
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
Sculpture and Fountains These elements provide joy and interest when placed in areas of social gathering or at the crossing of two paths. Student work could be rotated on a semester basis to add further interest. Fountains add visual and audible pleasure to a campus, but must be properly maintained.
Pervious material designed to quickly drain water is preferred. Width and patterns of primary paths may be distinct from those of secondary and tertiary paths. Pavers as opposed to concrete are human scaled and easier to maintain. The use of open pavers in surface parking areas is commendable.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
159
architecture These guidelines are meant to focus on instilling a consistent approach to implementing the campus plan. They are less about particular styles of architecture or prescriptive use of specific architectural elements or materials. What is most important is an understanding of the assets of a particular building site and that siteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s role within the overall campus plan when adding new structures. An understanding of appropriate regional design response to climatic conditions is also necessary. Utilizing historic concepts of climate response in the building form is economical, sustainable and creates connection with other relevant regional architecture. We will focus on building in this way â&#x20AC;&#x201C; tying a building to its site, to the past, to its climatic context and to be reflective of its use. The UWI St. Augustine campus has five identifiable districts. Three distinct building periods have brought a variety of response to building in this place. We will discuss each district with an eye toward consistency within each, and then toward overall campus consistency in form. These guidelines seek to describe an architectural approach that preserves, enhances and capitalizes on natural systems and amenities, looks to the past for guidance, but is firmly rooted in our time and place. We begin by considering some of the building blocks of campus making along with campus-wide recommendations. District level strategies follow, building on the previous concepts.
160
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
The shape and massing of campus buildings play an important role in camps hierarchy. A building’s basic form reinforces the programme housed within; it also works with other buildings to provide a clearly identifiable campus structure. These basic types represent the building blocks of campus architecture. Through simple in nature, their composition across campus can create a rich fabric of interwoven buildings and open space.
bar buildings Bar buildings are elongated and rectangular volumes. This is the basic building block of campus architecture. The entry is usually at the center of the long façade, but may also be located on the short face. These buildings define and reinforce the geometry of open spaces. This type accommodates a variety of functions, such as housing, classrooms, labs and offices. They range from 15m to 30m in width and 40m to 100m long.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
typology – bar, letter, centralized and composite
centralized buildings
Bar building example
Centralized buildings usually sit in prominent locations within campus spaces. They are often an important public building or historic structure. Circular and square geometries are often used. Usually the prominent entry centered on the main façade leads to a public lobby. Cellular rooms often wrap around a large public room in the middle of the building. When combined with the bar building type, an unlimited variety of building forms can be created.
letter building Centralized building example
Letter building example
Letter buildings are formed through a combination of bar types. They most often form a outdoor open space associated with the building such as a courtyard. The footprint of the building allows for stepped massing of the building. This building type can accommodate central corridors for classrooms or residence halls where ample interior natural light is critical. The courtyard side of the building is often the front entry court. Alternatively, the courtyard can act as a private oasis for building users with the entry on the opposite side.
composite building Composite buildings are created through a combination of bar end centralized buildings types. The composition of parts defines outdoor courtyards. Buildings may be sited to define space or more prominently as a terminus to an axis. The larger footprint allows for greater mass and therefore complex and diverse programme. This type allows many activities to be located near one another for maximum efficiency. The height of each component may vary as appropriate.
Composite building example
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
161
hierarchy Architectural elements such as porticos, gables, columns, dormers, towers and porches are not style dependent . Rather they act as a kit of parts that can be used to help define the character of buildings and grounds by regulating scale, massing and façade rhythm. The successful composition of a college campus requires that buildings work in concert with one another. Buildings of particular import or that mark a gateway or terminate a visual axis may display a more heroic architectural character. If appropriate, they may sit as an object in space. The majority of campus buildings should act as good soldiers that form a backdrop to open spaces and defer to their heroic counterparts. Striking a balance between “heroes” and “soldiers” is critical to creating a legible and hierarchical campus setting. Hero buildings should be limited to those building types that embody and relate the most universal and lofty aspirations of the institution such as religious centers, libraries, places of assembly, etc. The adjacent diagram depicts hierarchically important buildings on the St. Augustine campus with yellow squares. This is a diagram only and not meant to prescriptively dictate exactly where all heroic elements must go, however, it is accurate in depicting preferred locations for such elements. These elements are connected by the pedestrian path network and terminate visual axis. Architectural elements should also be used to mark campus gateways and highlight views in and out of campus. They are used to mark building entries as well. Vertical elements are commonly used. Change in building material such as an expanse of glass is also effective. Larger elements should serve larger campus spaces and smaller elements used as appropriate to the scale of smaller spaces.
GRASS PARKING
28 SPACES
27 SPACES
45 SPACES
1
6
TENNIS COURTS
GRASS PARKING
30
35
to Ramp parking basement
Ramp
18
to basement
20
parking
lot (20
spaces)
25
29
49 TOTAL SPACES
1
5
10
15
17
1
5 86 85
10
80
14
75
15
70
20
New parking area (100 cars) 66
25
65
60
55
52
51 50
45
43
42
POND
40 26
CEMETAR
Y
100
Meters Feet
162
200
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
30
35
32
33
Siting of buildings is integral to the creation of open space. Buildings form edges to open space as well as create focal points throughout the campus. Buildings should also be utilized to frame views along corridors within and outside of the campus. Architectural elements should be sited to provide intermediate visual orientation. These include towers, fountains, sculpture, entries, etc. Specific siting of buildings should minimally affect natural systems, valued landscape and existing site context.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
building siting
Siting of the buildings usually falls into the space-forming “soldier” building category. Centralized building types often house public programmes and spaces and may be referred to as “hero” building.
Build-to-lines + setbacks Highly successful outdoor rooms that generate an identifiable campus structure can be formed through the use of build-to-lines. These lines identify were building edges should be constructed so as to define the edges of the space or front of a street. Build-to-lines for buildings should be followed in order to ensure clear formation of overall campus structure. Inconsistency in the use of setbacks or build-to-lines in the siting of buildings can lead to unusable outdoor spaces or “dead zones” on campus. These can be resolved through implementation and adherence to policies on building location. Standard setbacks for streets is three to five meters north-south and five to six meters east-west from the curb or walk for 75 percent of the building frontage.
Solar orientation Building orientation should encourage “daylighting” within buildings. That is, design for use of indirect exterior daylight to provide most ambient lighting within the building through selected apertures that do not allow excessive heat gain. In addition to health, morale and proven productivity benefits of this approach, significant energy savings can be had due both to reduced use of artificial light as well as to reduced cooling loads.
Ventilation During the summer, Trinidad is overheated and humid while most of the academic year is mild. Building should be designed to take advantage of the prevailing winds and natural ventilation through operable openings, courtyards, and cooling towers.
Campus grid Building design should reinforce the proposed major axes in order to clarify orientation and hierarchy of uses. Recognizing microclimatic differences on each building side is also important. For instance, the south facing side of buildings should account for solar exposure differently than those with north faces.
scale Buildings on campus should articulate a relationship to the human body. Fenestration, materiality, and datum lines are used to create a comfortable relationship between human and building. The role of scale and proportion in defining architectural character is a significant one in that each provides a consistent modulation on a single building and groups of building that is appropriate to the place. Building façades should be modulated by a tripartite composition –base, middle and top. Vertical rhythms of façade hierarchy (bay systems), shade structures and fenestration also modulate scale. Scale governs the relationship between groups of buildings and the outdoor rooms that they create. Proportion relates a building’s parts to its whole. Where masonry or concrete is used in new buildings it is appropriate to express the weight of the building.
massing Clever massing allows today’s campus buildings that have larger and larger programme requirements to conceal their bulk through a composition of smaller building parts. Greater height and massing should occur, where possible, toward the center of campus or academic village. Campus edges should step down in massing and height to complement adjacent structures. Similarly for a singular structure, its mass should generally remain in the middle of the plan so as to appear less bulky. On large building elements, utilizing appropriate scale and proportion of window, arcades, entries and details is critical for retaining human scale. Traditional and contemporary expressions of West Indian regional building styles should be encouraged. This style is often composed of an articulated frame with outdoor arcades and porches under a deep pitched roof overhang. This structural methodology gives a feeling of lightness to the building’s mass and is useful for climatic reasons.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
163
other considerations: Massing should reflect the building’s status as a landmark, gateway or space-defining building. Building corners are important massing elements. They imply strength and connection of the ground plane. The overall mass of the building should appear lighter nearer the top. The top level may be considered an “attic level” and therefore recessed from the face of the base of the building. The use of a belvedere for building ventilation at a rooftop is commonly used.
height A low-rise, medium density build-out is recommended for the St. Augustine campus. This approach will help to maximize limited land resources. Buildings will be sited close to streets or pathways in a moderately dense manner. For academic portions of campus, buildings should be three to five levels. Higher buildings may occur in South Campus. University housing should be three to four levels. Housing as part of a mixed use project may be taller. Single story and small footprint buildings are to be avoided.
flat + pitched roofs A standard for roofs should be established campus-wide for continuity in design. The roof design should be appropriate to the West Indian style; most likely a standing seam metal shed roof. Certain exceptions should be made for “heroic” buildings on campus. These exceptions should be few and be implemented to achieve a specific purpose that could not otherwise be achieved through the standard design. A flat roof should be a light coloured surface to reflect heat gain. The use of photovoltaic panels is highly encouraged on either roof type or used as a shade device for an outdoor terrace.
building entries •
Building entry should front major open space. This will reinforce the hierarchy of the open space network.
•
Entry should be clearly identifiable to aid in way finding.
•
Entry size and scale should be appropriate to the programme housed within the building.
•
Front entries should have a covered “porch” and clear threshold and supported by a transition zone.
•
Main entries should always be accessible to the disabled.
fenestration
164
•
Composition is used to relate the image of the building to other buildings on campus. Relating materials, details or buildings elements to a common palette is critical to the continuity of the campus character. Evolving typical campus conditions through the filter of technological advancements is important t the advancement of the campus character over time.
•
Building fenestration should work within the bay system of typical frame constructed buildings.
•
Increased glazing is encouraged on public elevations, at building entries or for views.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Historically used for mitigating solar heat gain, these elements are easily translated from historic construction methods to more contemporary methods and forms. They continue to be important elements for basic building sustainability. They will relate new construction to the architectural language of the region and are almost always highly regarded for their function and character. Where possible they should be designed to support pedestrian movements, convenience and comfort.
shading devices Shade for functional areas is critical in a tropical climate. The use of shade devices can reduce energy costs and increase worker comfort levels and therefore productivity. These elements can also add scale to building faรงades and mitigate the mass of large buildings. They can define building and open space boundaries as well as pedestrian routes.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
porches + arcades
Freestanding devices, such as arcades and trellises, provide shade cover between buildings. Attached devices shade the building interior and can shade the exterior perimeter as well. The play of light and shadow rendered from shade devices provides inspiring temporal sculpture on building and ground surfaces. It is a source for invention in creating a realm that transitions between indoors and out. Shading strategies for exterior building surfaces are exposure specific and can vary on each building. For southern exposures, horizontal shelves, louvers, brise soleil, arcades etc. are appropriate. East and west exposures should include vertical fins or screens to reduce low and high angle solar angles. Northern exposures should include primarily vertical openings to reduce low angle solar gain. Daylighting can be taken advantage of by incorporating light shelves into the building envelope which allows natural light to penetrate deep into a building by reflecting light off the ceiling. Light may be bounced off a south-facing wall into a north-facing exposure; however, care must be taken to reduce highly reflective surfaces which can cause glare.
materials + colours The exterior of a building should relate to buildings that surround it. It helps to provide a consistent look and feel to the campus. Distinctive material palettes may be used per campus district. Traditional stucco or cement plaster over masonry should be used as primary building materials. Metal roofs, accents and ornament juxtapose well with masonry construction. Storefront or curtain-wall glass systems should be used to tie indoors to the outdoors, in public spaces and at strategic areas with views. Expanses of glass should be appropriately shaded as noted above. The use of wood infill panels and shutters juxtaposes well with a frame structure and is a warm humanly proportioned material. It also may promote sustainable goals of ventilation and user controlled thermal comfort.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
165
south district Urban Concepts The South District of the St. Augustine Campus is a mixed use district including the main library, athletics complex, major academic buildings, student dining, student union and halls of residence. It is currently the most dense district of the campus. Future projects will be of an infill nature and should serve to reinforce he existing campus framework. The primary campus entry accessed from the Churchill Roosevelt corridor is at the south edge of the district. This gateway is both quite busy and geometrically complex. Discussions are ongoing at the time of this writing with the national TRRTS system for a major new rail stop adjacent to this entry. Successful fruition of this promising venture may significantly alter the current geometry of the street network. See the Traffic and Transit section of this document for more information. In any case, this gateway will continue to be a critical access point for UWI. Creating an arrival sequence with monumentation and signage at the south end with a tree-lined boulevard will bring a true gateway to this location. Simplifying auto circulation with connection into a campus loop road, perimeter car park and a student drop off zone south of JFK plaza will alleviate congestion. This urban drop-off zone should read like an urban plaza with buildings defining the edges, public functions on the ground floor of buildings and liberal use of street trees. A secondary gateway is proposed on the east side of the district. Similar gateway elements should be used to signal the arrival to the St. Augustine Campus. This entry also connects directly to the loop road. A smaller scaled student arrival zone is proposed at its west end. The adjacent diagram illustrates important urban edges for creating a sense of place in this district. Currently a variety of cellular smaller open spaces make for a usable urban realm on the interior of the district. Campus edges could be clarified more to make the campus boundary inviting and legible. This includes the main campus gateway at the south end, creating a built edge to the athletics complex, creating an enhanced edge on the west side and reinforcing the built edge to the Savannah north of the library. Major pedestrian paths run north-south emanating from JFK Plaza along the edges of the Savannah. Minor paths generally connect across campus in the east-west direction. Architectural elements should reinforce these pathways and axis with visual accents and important landmarks. Views within campus are important clues for wayfinding and creating a memorable experience. Views to the mountains in the north should be cultivated wherever possible. The South District should employ a natural landscape buffer around the edge of campus. This would mutually benefit campus and adjacent residential neighborhoods, giving the campus a positive identity It would also serve to mitigate storm-water runoff issues by acting as a retention zone.
important edge auto drop off gateway edge landscape open spaces major pedestrian paths minor pedestrian paths architectural element loop road views building entry boundary
UWI St. Augustine Campus South District Urban Concepts
166
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
Architectural Guidelines Architectural character on the South Campus largely represents a distinct epoch in the St. Augustine Campus history. It not only represents the style of the times, but reflects the growth that occurred then. The general architectural expression is an exposed concrete frame with infill panels and a flat roof. These buildings are not generally reflective of their place in their materiality or overall form. They do, however, often contain covered outdoor spaces or walkways that are very important in this climate. The use of wood infill with transoms and louvered panels is a nice warm juxtaposition to the exposed concrete. In this tropical climate, proper maintenance and cleaning of both of these materials is important. Cleaning the dark stains off of the concrete on many building would give them a fresh look. Exterior building circulation with outdoor access to classrooms or offices is appropriate in this climate, but would benefit from being covered within the roof overhang and within an arcaded framework. Given their additive nature, where appropriate, these elements could be a part of retrofitting outdated buildings. These features could become the consistent image of architectural character for the St. Augustine Campus. In fact, for new construction across campus, a language of pitched roofs with deep overhangs, porches and arcades is the recommended character. This character is based on vernacular response to the climate of the tropics that is still valid today. The desire is for a contemporary interpretation of these elements and forms using new technology to the greatest extent possible. We have evolved to a world beyond the International Style when buildings everywhere were built in the same style, to one in which it is possible to construct any style of building anywhere in the world. It is important for the St. Augustine Campus architecture to reflect its regional setting and its place in time. Therefore appropriate infill projects for the South Campus will be performance based buildings reflective of time and place. They should relate to the modernist buildings as well as project an affinity for the overall campus character. A generally horizontal datum to the faรงade composition would relate to existing buildings. A flat roof with a deep overhang porch would be appropriate. The recent SPEC building relates to both the modernist structures in the South District (in fact it is directly referential to the Social Sciences building) and to a contemporary character that reflects a broad roof and overhang.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
167
central district Urban Concepts The Central District of campus will see transformative change over the near and mid term. There is ample room for significant growth in much needed campus facilities. The majority of these new projects will be academic, research and student life focused. Contrary to first thought, the addition of these new projects should serve to clarify and enhance the open space network. Clear urban edges on the east and west side of the Savannah will render it more special through the contrast. Architectural elements and building entries at its edges will activate the Savannah, making it the heart of campus. The spaces to the east and west of the Administration building, likewise, will be more identifiable, usable and memorable with clearly defined urban edges. At the improved soccer pitch, a new student union and recreational sports venue will flank its north and south edges respectively. These programme adjacencies will bring constant student activity to this part of campus. To the west, a newly developed ceremonial entry drive leading to the new porte cochere will feature a formal arrangement of flowering trees and a pristine lawn. An improved gateway sequence is proposed for the northern edge. Accessed from the existing tunnel under the PBR, this gateway will be defined by a new performing arts center and car park followed by a roundabout. This layout will create a dramatic sequence of emerging through the compression of the tunnel, into an urban space focused on the arts center and then opening up at the circle. Clarifying traffic flow with the roundabout should mitigate congestion. Its connection to the loop road will enhance campus wayfinding. The adjacent car park will allow campus users to get out of their cars sooner, enhancing the pedestrian feel of campus. A secondary gateway is also proposed at the west edge of campus. This entry should be similar in scale and experience to the one on the east side in the South District. It should include gateway elements and a tree lined street leading to the traffic circle. Major pedestrian paths continue from the South District northward to the above gateway on the west and to a newly configured pedestrian gateway on the east. This major campus axis will focus on a new student union building on the north edge. The north side of this building will feature a bridge across the PBR to begin the connection to North Campus. Minor pedestrian paths connect east-west across campus and north-south within the academic compounds that flank the Savannah. A series of connected courtyards will provide usable outdoor spaces for teaching, studying or socializing. Service to these areas will be provided along the loop road. Again, architectural elements should serve to reinforce major and minor paths and campus axis. Their relative scale should be appropriate to the space on which they front. These newly reinforced open spaces will naturally provide internal campus vistas both to and from iconic buildings sitting within those spaces. Views northward to the mountains should again be cultivated wherever possible. Campus edges should include a natural buffer similar to the South District especially along the PBR and along the western edge. important edge auto drop off gateway edge landscape open spaces major pedestrian paths minor pedestrian paths architectural element loop road views building entry boundary
168
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
Architectural Guidelines Central Campus has a wide variety of architectural styles ranging from the colonial era Administration Building to the brutalist sciences complex to the contemporary Dagget Lecture Hall. This area of campus will have a great deal of infill growth in the coming years. It will important for new structures to work with existing buildings to ensure a complementary architectural character that is identifiable to UWIâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s St. Augustine Campus. As has been stated, it is recommended that the campus architectural identity be both regionally responsive and contemporary. Metal roofs with deep overhangs, porches and arcades should be identifiable characteristics of new buildings. An articulated frame construction should prevail with a civic character. The long bar buildings creating the spaces adjacent to the Administration Building will need to be visually compatible, yet have room for subtle variation. The major elements noted above should be present, however, variation in detail, ornament and other special architectural elements would add interest. Proportion and scale with regard to floor heights, bay rhythm, window fenestration and roof line are important considerations and should be consistent across the open spaces. Building entries should be compatible and front the major spaces on which they sit. Student service buildings such as the new union, recreation center and performing arts center should be more exuberant or heroic in character reflecting their special use and placement on the campus. Both union and rec center are proposed to have a large outdoor covered court contained within the overall building footprint. These spaces would be social hot spots for this part of campus. Both are centered on the long axis of the renovated soccer pitch, thus promoting a mixing of social and athletic activity. Given the large programme spaces housed with these buildings, their massing should be larger in general, (fewer and larger parts). The scale of individual parts should also be larger, such as entries, windows, porches, etc. Nighttime use of these buildings will be important. Appropriate placement of major spaces on the inside should be reflected through large glass openings on the outside. These features should be considered as lanterns at night to bring new perspective to campus at different time of day. Academic buildings should be no more than three levels near the main administration building, Student Services buildings generally no more than three levels and residential buildings no more then four levels. Ground floor spaces should be public in nature and visually transparent so as to invigorate campus life. Major public spaces within halls of residence should also be on the ground floor to stimulate a dynamic experience for students. The proposed car park across from the performing arts center should have architectural integrity. Its overall mass should be concealed as much as possible through the use of liberal landscape plantings. An architectural feature related to the vertical circulation of the structure will be important. A bridge connecting the two facilities may be appropriate as well. A level of architectural expression and rhythm complementary to the performing arts center is critical. Overall this District will become a dynamic convergence of architecture form reflective of the full history of the St. Augustine Campus. Attention to creating a place of complementary architecture that reflects its time and place is key.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
169
east district Urban Concepts The future layout of the East District is probably the most speculative at the time of this writing due to significant property acquisition needs. This district will consist mostly of halls of residence for the growing student population. The southern and western edge will have some academic and student life functions as well. The main urban characteristic of this zone is the loosely formed series of urban blocks based on a modified grid. A major open space centered in this district and defined by the blocks will be a well loved feature. Creating urban edges to this park will be critical. Secondary urban edges will define major and minor pedestrian paths through the district. Secondary open spaces occur within the block structure. This hierarchy of open space within the district will provide opportunity for a variety of uses and activities. The main entries to buildings should occur on the central green where possible. Otherwise entries should occur along streets within the district. Secondary entries should open to courtyard spaces within the block. Two recreational fields are shown at the eastern edge of the site. Connection to the South and Central Districts should be seamless. Major paths in this district run east-west to connect directly to the Central District circulation network. Secondary paths connect north-south within the East District connecting mainly internal spaces and buildings. Architectural elements highlight and reinforce these connections. The loop road forms the western edge of the district. A smaller scale road network will be necessary within the block layout in order to serve the residential units. Views from the district are plentiful and should be preserved, especially along north-south street routes and from open spaces. Again the district edge should be characterized by a treed buffer that creates a unified condition across all parts of campus. The north edge should be buffered from the PBR. The east edge should be restored to a natural state aiding in filtering stormwater runoff as it flows toward the Tunapuna River.
Architectural Guidelines Future buildings in this district should reflect their residential use in their articulation. A contemporary interpretation to vernacular residential building forms is the preferred character. Metal roofs with overhangs, porches and arcades should be primary elements. The ground floor generally should be used for public spaces related to residentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s needs and potentially academic functions. Structures should be no more than four levels and will preferably be concrete frame construction. Wood infill panels and fenestration with transoms and movable louvers would be sustainable by reducing energy costs. The Arts Complex on the North Campus provides a good example of massing and material. Connection to a central chilled water plant would be preferred. Utilities should follow the street grid and implemented in anticipation of building construction if possible. This includes the removal of overhead lines.
important edge auto drop off gateway edge landscape open spaces major pedestrian paths minor pedestrian paths architectural element loop road views building entry boundary
170
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
urban concepts The area of town between Central Campus and North Campus is a low density grid of residential and institutional buildings with some commercial and retail enterprises along major streets. Opportunity exists for UWI to partner with private landowners in developing mutually beneficial ventures. Town/gown relations would be improved and synergies with local organizations could be developed. Of particular promise is an area referred to as the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Presbyterian Lands.â&#x20AC;? This parcel is an ideal connector between Central Campus and North Campus. A potential mixed-use development could include ground floor retail, commercial as well as University academic and administration with student or faculty housing above.
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
university town
A balance of open space and building form will create a dynamic 24-7 environment. The proposed layout includes three east-facing courts that front the street. Building edges form these spaces and front the street. Opportunity exists for an interior block pedestrian route that reflects the desired quickest path to North Campus. Coupled with public functions on the ground level, this walkway could make for a truly urban place that benefits both the UWI community and greater St. Augustine community alike. Architectural elements at the north and south corners along with a feature mid-block would serve to highlight the structure of this parcel and visually guide pedestrians through the space. Building entries should face the street primarily and courtyard as well if possible. Natural landscaping along the west edge is preferred. Street trees along the sidewalk on the east side is preferred. If possible an east-west connection midblock would create more options for pedestrians moving from North Campus or Central Campus to the site. Additionally, enhancing the streetscape along Eastern Main Road, at least between the pedestrian bridge location and Austin Street, would encourage walking between campuses and potential patrons of businesses along the way.
Architectural Guidelines Similar to the East District Guidelines, new structures in this location should be thoroughly contemporary yet fit within the context of the place. That is, the architectural character should draw from strategic climatic responses, local materials and cultural traditions. Success in making this development a catalyst for bridging Central and North Campuses is dependent upon the ground floor having active, public uses suitable for students and neighbors alike. Therefore the ground level should be relatively porous, transparent and accessible. At the same time, security for residents above is an important consideration and will need to be adequately addressed. The extreme would be a walled-in compound. This would do little to increase the vitality of the street and may discourage students to walk from campus to campus as the development would be less of a bridge and more of an island.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
171
north district Urban Concepts The North District of the UWI St. Augustine Campus is designed to be both complementary to the Central District and self-sufficient in providing student services. It is a mixed-use campus, containing a library, rec center and fields, student union, academic space and housing. Strategic academic planning will determine which programmes locate in the North District. The existing low-density single-family housing will be replaced with a relatively dense assemblage of campus buildings and open spaces. The primary urban feature of the new campus will be a clearly identifiable network of connected open spaces. The campusâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; main axis runs east-west and from McCarthy Street across Gordon Street to a new cricket pitch. Buildings along this axis will front the open spaces and form its edges. Important North Campus buildings will be located on these green spaces. The library, main academic building and student union all front the major space. Architectural elements will highlight this arrangement and perceptually guide pedestrians. Secondary building edges are important along streets to create an urban edge. A transit oriented gateway is proposed at the terminus of McCarthy Street at the southwest corner of North Campus. This route will connect directly to Central Campus. Another campus gateway occurs along Gordon Street at the southern edge of North Campus. This entry sequence is important in that it will connect to the University Town land and should provide a seamless procession from one zone to the other. This is the only road that runs through North Campus and has a student drop off zone at the intersection of the street and the major east-west axis. Major pedestrian paths follow the important open spaces and streets detailed above and connect major buildings. Minor paths connect block level interior courtyards, parking and to secondary pedestrian connections to Central Campus. Views within and out of campus will be many and should be cultivated across spaces and through portals, between buildings and along pedestrian spines. Visual connections leading from North Campus through University Town to Central Campus are critical for mitigating the psychological distance between these zones. important edge auto drop off gateway edge landscape open spaces major pedestrian paths minor pedestrian paths architectural element loop road views building entry boundary
172
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
EXECUTIVE DESIGN GUIDELINES SUMMARY
Architectural Guidelines Architectural character on North Campus should reflect performance based climatic responses taken from both vernacular traditions and new technologies. Basic architectural elements consistent with other parts of campus are appropriate such as metal roofs with large overhangs, arcades, porches and generous glazing. An articulated frame construction is appropriate for public buildings whereas wall and punched openings would be the typical character associated with residential buildings. The predominant orientation for buildings on the North Campus is east-west. This provides optimal solar daylighting for these buildings and, coupled with light shelves and other sunshade devices, can provide substantial energy savings. Academic buildings should be a maximum of five levels and residential buildings a maximum four levels.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
173
landscape landscape & sustainability guidelines
regional & site context The St. Augustine main campus is located at the northwest corner of the Caroni valley on the upper floodplain of the Caroni River and the southern toe of St. Benedict Mountain, in the western region of the Northern Mountains Range. The Campus is located at Latitude 11º38’ and Longitude 61º 22’. The Campus terrains at the northeast are at elevation 20m MSL, sloping gently towards the southwest to elevation 9m MSL. (Figure 1) The Campus is nestled within a residential community. To the east and to the west, small houses along narrow streets define the boundary of the Campus. A chain link fence and manned gates separate the University grounds from its neighbors. To the north, the Campus is bounded by the Priority Bus Route, a ramped highway rising from the east to the west providing a physical barrier to the northern neighboring community. An underpass creates a center gateway, connecting the Campus to the Eastern Main Road to the north. Two gates at the northeast and the northwest corners provide pedestrian access to the campus at St. Agostini Street. This street physically separates the Department of Humanities and Education and the Maintenance Yard from the main campus.
Northwest Corner at Eastern Main Route
To the south, the campus grounds are bordered by Watts Street. The main entrance to the campus at the Library Plaza is connected to the Churchill Roosevelt Highway, a major artery connecting Port of Spain to the east side of the island and the International Airport. The St. Benedict and the surrounding mountains to the north rise very steeply to an elevation between 500m to 700m MSL. The toe of the mountains is approximately one kilometer north of the campus grounds. The Santa Margarita Residential Community, a dense and growing development, is located at the upper section of the floodplain between the campus and the toe of the mountain. The mountain slopes and ravines were covered with a diverse forest community at the edge of the two eco-regions – the Lesser Antillean Dry Forest and the Trinidad Tobago Moist Forest. In the last few years the Santa Margarita Community has undergone substantial urbanization. This is a result of economic prosperity and close proximity to the University, which provides a highly desirable residential location for University staff and faculty. This urban growth is not always supported by planning and supporting infrastructure. Much of the original forest has been cleared to provide for this new development. Approximately 25 percent of the forest cover has been clear-cut and replaced with development. Additional forest cover was destroyed by brush fire, or the forest was cleared for agriculture crops. Clearing of the forests has resulted in a higher storm runoff down the steep mountain ravines, and erosion of the soft sandstone underlying geology and the thin layer of soils.
Northwest Corner at Wooding Drive
South Campus at Library Plaza
Figure 1
View of UWI and the Santa Margarita Residential Community from the Saint Benedict Monastery
176
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Forest cover has been clear-cut and replaced by development
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES Trinidad Topography
geology, soils & physiography The Trinidad and Tobago Islands in the West Indies form the northeastern corner of the present day South American continental shelf. However, its pre-Cenozoic history indicates that it has affinities with the Caribbean plate and therefore is part of an allochthonous terrain that forms the eastern-most fragment of the Caribbean Mountain system. Most of the soils on the Campus are alluvium soils classified as â&#x20AC;&#x153;Good land requires moderate to intensive conservation and management practicesâ&#x20AC;? (Source: The Trinidad Land Capability/Soils chart). The soil physical properties range from silty clay alluvium to sandy clay alluvium, with lances ranging from clay to mica sand/gravel.
Campus Soils Map
The drainage classification for the Campus soils ranges from free drainage for the Sandy clay alluvium soils, to imperfect drainage for the Silty clay alluvium. Over time, the soil surfaces have become compacted by the weight of pedestrian movement, maintenance and construction vehicles, and cars driving and parking on the lawns. This compaction of the soil surface has resulted in reduction of rainfall infiltration through the soil mantle and an increase in surface runoff that contributes to the flooding occurring on the Campus during prolonged and intense rainfall events. A vein of well draining Mica phillite sand soils cuts through the center of the campus from the northeast to the southwest corner at the intersection of University Drive and Watts Street.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
177
climate & energy St. Augustine, located along the east-west corridor of Trinidad, has two distinct climates. Tropical Maritime climate, experienced through the dry season months, and Modified Moist Equatorial climate, during the wet season months. The wet season lasts from June to December and the dry season from January to May. There is very little variation in temperature throughout the year. The mean annual temperature is 27 °C, with a mean high of 31.9 °C and a mean low of 22.0 °C. Seasonally these temperatures vary little with annual high of 33.1 °C in May and an annual low of 22.0 °C in January. The Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) is the primary rainfall-producing system and is responsible for the rainy season. Rainfall amounts range from 1200mm to 2200mm annually, with the most intense rainfall usually occurring in two maxima, one in July and August and the other in November. The mean total monthly rainfall in the wet season ranges from 143.3mm to 244.0mm.
Average Rainy Days by Month
The mean total monthly rainfall in the dry season ranges from 16.9 mm to 75.7 mm. Daily rainfall events have been reported at the UWI field station of 142 mm. Typical rainfall intensities have been reported as high as 120-200 mm/hr in a 15-minute period and as high as 420 mm in a five-minute period.
Due to Trinidad’s latitude, the trade winds blow consistently from the east. Trade winds are the movement of air towards the equator. They originate on the equatorial sides of the horse latitudes, which are two belts of high air pressure. These high pressure belts force air to move toward a belt of low air pressure along the equator called the doldrums. The consistency in the east-west direction of the wind currents is due to rotation of the earth. Trinidad lies directly in the path of these winds and has an average annual wind speed of 9.4 knots (4.8 m/s). During the dry season, these winds cross the island with minimum loss of velocity but during the rest of the year they reach only a few miles inland from the eastern coast.
Average Daily Sunlight Hours by Month
Trinidad has an average (1971 to 2000) relative humidity of 82.2 percent and the average number of sunshine hours per day is 7.2. (Source: Trinidad & Tobago Meteorological Service) The period 2001 to 2003 had more sunshine hours per day than the average, whereas the years of 2000, 2001, 2003, and 2004 were relatively drier than average. Generally, relative humidity and sunshine hours have an inverse relationship. Higher numbers of sunshine hours leads to lower relative humidity. Years with the most sunshine hours had the lowest relative humidity.
Average Max Temp by Month (Celsius)
Average Monthly Precipitation
Wind Direction Distribution
178
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Average Wind Speed
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
Shaded Seating
Path Takes Advantage of Tree Canopy
microclimate The climate immediately surrounding the buildings is called the microclimate. A welloriented and well-designed building in the Tropical Maritime and Modified Moist Equatorial Climates should maximize shade sharing through building clusters, a well-developed tree canopy layer and shading structures. The form and orientation of buildings and outdoor rooms should maximize the use of the Trade Winds to enhance the comfort level of the users. Due to the latitude of Trinidad being 10.6° N, the aspect has very little impact on solar radiation, although east orientations will decrease solar exposure in the afternoons.
Little Vegeation to Provide Shade
At the University of the West Indies grounds, the location and proximity of nearby buildings, trees, site walls and pavement are not considered for their possible impact on the microclimate. Paths and walkways connecting the campus ground are not always shaded and uncomfortable for pedestrians. Buildings provide shade and windbreak. Fences and site walls block or channel the wind. Water elements, such as fountains, swales and ponds, moderate temperature but may increase humidity and produce glare. Plant materials provide shade, evaporative cooling, windbreaks, and wind channels in summer or shelter in winter. Vegetation absorbs large amounts of solar radiation in summer, helping to keep the air and ground cool, while evapotranspiration can further reduce temperatures. Dark-coloured pavements absorb heat, and light-coloured pavements reflect heat, but also produce strong glare.
Tree Canopies Create Microclimates
Architecture Creates Shaded Microclimates
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
179
hydrology & site drainage The Blackman Ravine, a waterway on the north western corner of the campus, drains the Santa Margarita watershed: an area of 2 km² to the north of the Campus. The watershed stretches across two very different terrains; the upper and the lower sections. The upper section is approximately 30 percent of the watershed area with very steep slopes similar to the Northern Mountain Range and until recent years was covered with dense multi-layered forest. The lower portion is a dense residential area at the foot of the mountain within the Caroni River floodplain comprising the Santa Margarita community. This section of the watershed has a shallow terrain. The Santa Margarita watershed slopes, averaging about 14 percent. The Blackman Ravine divides into two main tributaries that join together north of the Eastern Main Road. A major portion of the eastern tributary and more than half of the western tributary are diverted into concrete trenches as they flow through the dense residential community. At the point of confluence of the two tributaries, the Blackman Ravine flows south and abuts the western boundary of the School of Education. The Ravine crosses under the Agostini Street at the intersection with University Drive in a 1500mmX1200mm box culvert. At this point the Ravine makes a 90-degree turn to the west.
New Development on Upper Watershed Slope
In the last few years, extensive physical growth has accrued in the watershed. The urbanization of the watershed has lead to an increase in impervious surfaces. A significant portion of the wooded slopes in the upper watershed have been cleared either for development or for agricultural purposes. Furthermore, ongoing construction work within the watershed, including projects like river training and embankment repairs along the drainage channel, have caused acceleration of runoff within the existing under-sized drainage network. Increase in runoff peak flow, inadequate channel section, bend in the channel alignment, and debris clogging the channel cumulatively result in flooding at the north east corner of the Campus. The Tunapuna River drains the Tunapuna watershed located on the northeast of the campus ground. The River flows along the eastern side of the campus at the edge of the play fields in the athletic complex. A grove of trees growing alongside the river banks on the University side reinforces the river canal.
Santa Margarita and Tunapuna Watersheds
180
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Blackman Ravine
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES Three Campus Sub-watersheds
The campus is subdivided into three sub-watersheds. The West Sub-Watershed, which has an area of 15 hectares, drains to the west through the West Drain Culvert at University Drive via grass swales, concrete-lined swales, and culverts under pathways. The culverts vary in sizes from 300mm to 450mm diameter pipes. From the West Drain Culvert the surface runoff drains to the south along the open space median (No-Manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s-Land) towards an 1800mm diameter culvert at Watts Street. The Center Sub-Watershed, which has an area of 14 hectares, is drained via grass swales and concrete-lined swales into a detention pond at the Faculty of Engineering Courtyard. A 125m pipe drains the pond into the Watts Culvert. The East Sub-Watershed, which has an area of seven hectares, is drained via pipes and opens grass swales to the drainage swale along Watts Street and onwards into the Tunapuna River.
Flooding at South Gate Entrance
The campus storm-water system was designed to carry the flow generated by 10-year storm events. As global warming will increase rain intensity in the future, the 10-year storm event likely will be a more frequent occurrence. Two storms in 2006, one on Sept. 13, the other on Nov. 13, were each two hours in duration with rainfall of 95mm; this is equivalent to a 10-year event. Although the campus drainage system was designed to carry a storm of this magnitude, the drainage system failed, causing major flooding on the Campus. The drainage bottleneck, a box culvert, at the northwest corner of the campus at the Agostini Street intersection with University Drive is key factor resulting in floods within the campus grounds. A high intensity rainfall runoff from the Santa Margarita watershed, that drains along the Blackman Ravine, cannot pass through the culvert under the Saint Agostini Street and flows south into the no-manâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s-land median along the west side of University Drive. This runoff blocks the drainage ways of the West Sub-Watershed and the Central Sub-Watershed. Runoff from the campus grounds, which flows towards the drainage culverts under University Drive, cannot make its way through. This floods the area east of University Drive. The University Drive carriageway is elevated in relation to the surrounding ground and acts as a dam, exacerbating flood conditions at the Engineering complex. According to reports from the the School of Engineering Faculty, floods are a yearly event in this part of the campus. Localized flooding occurs in areas where the slopes and drainage channels are not adequate, catch basins, culverts, and swales are not maintained.
Exposed Soil Contributing to Erosion
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
181
Campus Drainage Pattern
182
Concrete Swales
Concrete and grass swales along building
Runoff flows on concrete path
Concrete trench collecting runoff from rooftop
Grass Swales
Stormwater Inlets at Improper Locations
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES Ecoregions
ecology & landscape The University of the West Indies is located at the edge of the lesser Antillean dry forests ecoregion bordering the Trinidad and Tobago moist forests ecoregion. It is commonly found as mid gradient forest type between the xeric coastal region and the higher relief moist forest. This ecoregion is characterized by moderate relief and rainfall. Being at the intersection of two ecoregions affords an opportunity for a rich habitat. Due to the small geographic size of the lesser Antillean dry forests ecoregion and its proximity to the dense developed coastal region, this habitat is degraded. Since early times, the Campus landscape has changed from the multi-layered forest to an arboretum collection of tropical trees set in turf and agricultural research facilities supporting groves of fruit bearing trees. These two land-use patterns have dominated the Campus landscape for nearly two centuries, resulting in major changes to territorial habitats and biodiversity. At present, the Campus landscape characteristics are the remnants of an arboretum collection of specimen trees, tropical trees, and the groves of trees and green houses used in Research. Woodland groves are growing along the Blackman Ravine at the northwest corner of the campus and the Tunapuna River at the southeast corner stabilizing the banks of the two waterways. Estimated Canopy trees area cover, 113,000 sq. meters Estimated lawn area cover, 270,000 sq. meters 32323232323 Estimated impervious area cover, 230,150 sq meter
Campus Groundcover Diagram
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
183
current storm-water management Traditionally, storm-water management has not been the primary purpose of landscape design and operations. However, water is a key component of any landscape and when water moves through the site in a healthy fashion, many of the other landscape components - soils, planting, pavement - also fare well. Conversely, when water flows in unexpected and uncontrolled ways, problems result in the landscape. Many of the challenges faced in the current UWI Campus – erosion, flooding – are related to managing storm runoff. The management of storm-water, therefore, is an important and necessary consideration of landscape management. The faculty in the Environmental Engineering Department has conducted studies and documented the areas where flooding has occurred in the past. Building upon the research already performed, especially by Dr. Vincent Cooper, to define a strategy for resolving the flooding issues experienced on the campus, will be one of the key ways of dealing with the immediate issues. In addition a holistic strategy is needed that involves a watershed approach to solving long-term problems. Using the available GIS information, a flow accumulation analysis was run for the Campus. Flow accumulation analysis calculates a continuous surface of cells that represents theoretical average rainfall during a given storm. The output of this function reports the amount of rain that would flow through each cell on the surface assuming that all rain becomes runoff, and there was no interception, evapotranspiration, or loss to groundwater. The displayed “stream” network indicates the manner in which the land would naturally drain if all built structures were removed. Overlaying this flow accumulation network over reported flood occurrences provided by the University yielded a generalized indication of contributing areas. More importantly it also provides a guide for a potential strategic locations for future BMP’s. Watershed and Subsheds Issues • In the last few years an extensive physical growth in the watershed has lead to an increase in impervious surfaces. A significant clearing of the wooded slopes in the upper watershed, ongoing construction work within the watershed have caused acceleration of runoff within the existing under-sized drainage network. •
Increase in runoff peak flow, inadequate channel section, bend in the channel alignment, and debris clogging the channel thereby reducing the channel section cumulatively result in flooding at the north east corner of the Campus.
Localized Drainage Issues • Numerous visits to the campus supplemented by interviews with Facilities Department have highlighted various areas with severe drainage issues. These areas are indicated on the map. •
Localized flooding occurs in areas were the slopes and drainage channels are not adequate, catch basins, culverts, and swales are not maintained.
•
These areas represent future opportunities to demonstrate creative and sustainable ways of dealing with storm water.
Pervious and Impervious Surfaces • 31 percent of UWI’s campus is covered with impervious surfaces. •
69 percent of the Campus area has “soft” land cover types with varying degrees of permeability.
•
Lawn is a dominant ground cover with very limited permeability. Lawn generally has a runoff coefficient between 80 percent and 90 percent, approaching hard surfaces as a result of compaction from mowing operations and active use.
The successful reduction of runoff-related flooding concerns and the maintenance of good water quality in Blackman Ravine and Tuna Puna River are both tied to the ability to reduce and manage stormwater runoff within the campus. This is especially pertinent to the Main Campus, where the older storm drain systems are overwhelmed. In the future development of the campus an integrated approach is recommended as it is important to sustain not only the aesthetic and functional resources of the site, but also to mitigate the impacts of development on the hydrologic cycle and to control the more frequent small-scale runoff events.
184
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES
5’ Dia
Tu na Pu na R
ive r
Bla ckm an
Ra vin e
AT ST. AUGUSTNE, TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
North Campus
5’ D
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
ia
R Tuna Puna
iver
e avin R n kma Blac
S TENNIS COURT
Main Campus
West Drain
Existing Retention Pond POND
1800 mm Culvert Crossing CEMETA
RY
Existing Drainage, Rivers, & Flood Conditions Topographical Drainage Accumulation Rivers and Waterways Open Box Drains Runoff Swales Underground Piping (Sizes vary) Frequently Floods Flooded Nov 13, 2006 Flood Hazard Locations
Ft.
250
500
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
185
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES AT ST. AUGUSTNE, TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
North Campus
Hectare Meters
Storm Type
1.92
Ave Maximum 1-hr Storm
2.39
2-yr Storm
S TENNIS COURT
Main Campus
POND
3.38
10-yr Storm CEMETA
RY
4.16
25-yr Storm
Runoff Quantities based on existing conditions
Ft.
186
250
500
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
storm-water management goals •
Maintain the pre-development rate of runoff, which in this can be the existing conditions.
•
Improve water quality of the released waters in addition to volume and peak rate reduction.
•
Look for opportunities to reduce and disperse storm-water volumes within landscape and building improvement projects.
At a regional scale the Government can investigate the watershed and the issues resulting from its rapid urbanization and develop storm-water infrastructure and management plans to reduce increased flooding and improve water quality. While the opportunity exists to capture storm-water runoff and allow it to infiltrate the soil mantle, the conventional approach has been to treat the runoff as a drainage problem and to “solve” the problem with engineering. Drainage engineering structures such as inlets, pipes, culverts, and detention basins are built to carry excess water from a site as quickly as possible, usually shunting it to the nearest stream via a storm sewer. The resulting pulse of excess water causes flooding, erosion and sedimentation in downstream channels. These heavily engineered solutions are expensive, require a lot of maintenance, remove natural habitat, are usually unattractive, and ultimately not sustainable. Storm-water management is best addressed over an entire watershed. The simplest approach usually is to seek multiple solutions at different points, rather than a single cure-all at the point of discharge. A successful approach treats all water, including wastewater, as a resource –– not as a problem –– and manages it as a crucial component of the larger water system. For the watershed, sustainable alternatives to conventional storm-water management would be based on models that replicate the natural hydrologic cycle, infiltrating water into the soil and directing surface flow through stabilized vegetated swales.
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
regional watershed study and storm-water management plan
watershed flood reduction plan •
Prepare an interim Flood Reduction Plan to prevent the frequently experienced flooding on the UWI Campus. The government can participate with UWI to construct regional storm-water detention/ retention facilities. Possible location within and around the UWI campus are indicated. Creation of these basins will prevent the overwhelmed Blackman Ravine culvert from flooding University Drive.
•
Provide a vegetated overflow diversion channel/ swale to improve the drainage flow between the proposed detention basins. This storm-water feature can be incorporated within the new road requested by UWI along the Trinidad Government Railroad (TGR) right-of-way. This vegetated swale can be designed to mimic the vegetated drainage channels that occur naturally. They can be used in combination with recharged beds, or in areas where the soil structure will not allow infiltration. Design strategies that will increase the efficiency of vegetated swales includes reinforcing the channel bottom with biodegradable materials, such as coconut matting and large natural stones, meander the swale to lengthen its journey, provide check dams to slow the water create small basins to hold sediment, and to plant the swales with deep-rooted woody native plants. Planting provides biofiltration and encourages infiltration through the root channels. All these design approaches slow water, which promotes infiltration.
uwi campus stormwater management plan On a more local scale, the UWI campus can plan and implement a comprehensive Storm-water Management Plan to prevent interim flooding situations while the Regional study and flood reduction plans are implemented. In the future development of the campus an integrated approach is recommended as it is important to sustain not only the aesthetic and functional resources of the site, but also to mitigate the impacts of development on the hydrologic cycle and to control the more frequent small scale runoff events.
assumptions: storm-water run-off and bmp volume calculations
•
Storm-water volumes based on building footprint prior to demolition and excludes area beneath existing tree canopy
•
Storm-water calculations do not consider existing storm drainage capacity
•
Sub-catchments have not been considered in volume calculations
•
Runoff calculations are approximate and calculated using Rational Method
•
Rainfall data compiled from UWI field station historical data, 1972-2007
•
Existing tree canopy compiled from aerial photo
•
Flow Accumulation paths reflect natural topography not existing structures/ grading manipulations
•
Volume calculations do not consider any off-site run-on
•
All new structures will mitigate 100 percent of runoff generated (25 percent through roof and cistern storage, 25 percent through rain gardens, and 50 percent through underground storage
•
Bio and vegetated swales are assumed to have an average width of 10’
•
Shallow lawn detention areas and detention under recreation fields are uniformly 1’ in depth
•
Surface retention/detention basis assumed to be uniformly 6’ deep at 60 percent capacity
•
Runoff coefficients based on Time-Saver Standards for Landscape Architecture, Harris et. al. -
Tree Canopy Multi-layered Forest Open Space Recreational Fields Buildings, Walkways, Roads Parking
0.3 0.15 0.6 compacted turf grass for existing site; 0.4 turf grass 0.55 0.95 0.85
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
187
what makes a sustainable landscape? Sustainable design begins with an understanding of the site’s natural resources, and the desire to restore and manage the site’s natural systems of soils, water, plants and animals. Sustainable design also considers the social and cultural aspects of a site’s context within the design process, such as the needs of the adjacent neighbors and the larger community. Often when a site has been heavily developed, the natural resources are buried (streams hidden under buildings), degraded (loss of native vegetation) altered (flattened topography) beyond their natural state, or sometimes unrecognized. At the University of West Indies, one of the primary resources is the urban setting of the campus – the views of the Northern Mountains and the views of the open grounds. Though the site is nearly impervious, covered by either paving or turf grass and covered with buildings, the views of the Northern Mountains are powerful. The life and health of the campus community is not confined to the indoors. The campus landscape serves as an important extension to the academic experience, providing a living laboratory for students, faculty and staff. The campus landscape provides the setting for the buildings, and defines a hierarchy of spaces for learning, socializing and recreation. At University of West Indies, the landscape should be designed to create public gathering places for the residential university community as well as create positive connections to the immediate neighborhood. The Master Plan of the campus landscape should take advantage of existing topography for the creation of new spaces, protect existing vegetation, and introduce architectural elements, such as walls and water features, to improve the microclimate around the buildings and open space. The sustainable strategies described below will be integrated into the Master Plan as it evolves through the planning process. The end goal is to create a campus landscape that provides an inspiring learning environment, promotes healthy, functioning natural systems and educates the University community about the concepts of sustainability and reflects the Goals and Objectives established by the Master Plan Steering Committee.
designing with climate The climate immediately surrounding the buildings is called the microclimate. The location, orientation, shape and form of the buildings determine the microclimate. A well-oriented and well-designed building in the temperate climate should: •
Maximize warming effects of the sun in the winter
•
Maximize shade during the summer
•
Deflect winter winds away from buildings
•
Funnel summer breezes toward the buildings
The location and proximity of nearby buildings, trees, landforms, site walls and pavement should be considered for their possible impact on the microclimate. Buildings provide shade and windbreak. Fences and site walls block or channel the wind. Water elements, such as fountains, swales and ponds, moderate temperature but may increase humidity and produce glare. Plant material provides shade, evaporative cooling, windbreaks, and wind channels in summer or shelter in winter. Vegetation absorbs large amounts of solar radiation in summer, helping to keep the air and ground cool, while evapotranspiration can further reduce temperatures. Dark coloured pavements absorb heat, and lighted pavements reflect heat, but also produce strong glare.
recycling of building materials Often during new building projects, vast amounts of building materials are demolished and wasted. New technologies have made possible the reuse of a wide range of building and pavement materials, for new site improvements, such as pavements and site furnishings.
protecting the site and reusing plant material Typically the most destructive phase of activity is the construction process itself. Preserving the health of the remaining vegetation should be a priority. Where feasible, smaller trees should be harvested prior to construction and transplanted for long-term use elsewhere on site or for replanting later on the same site. Tree preservation and protection measures include: •
limiting construction rights-of-way
•
placing fences around tree root zones
•
redirecting storm water away from undisturbed ground
Constant monitoring of site preservation and protection measures is essential to controlling damage to the native vegetation, particularly to the herbaceous ground layer, which is most susceptible to erosion and invasion by exotic vegetation. The gradual removal of aggressive non-native vegetation should also take place during the construction phase, and should be followed immediately by replanting with native vegetation.
creating plant communities and habitats The overall strategy for working with vegetation is to create communities of native plants and reestablish natural wildlife habitats. Where possible, we recommend restoring the multi-layered pattern of forest and woodland communities, with canopy, understory, shrub and groundcover plants native to the eco-region. In the natural swale areas, for instance, a lowland plant community should be established. The design of such a landscape would reflect the natural landforms, reinforce the natural hydrologic cycle and would be an amenity for the University community.
improve soil health to enhance on-site and surrounding systems The existing soils on the site consist mainly of alluvium soils that are generally suitable for water infiltration. Healthy soils maintain a permeable soil structure, which ensures higher water infiltration rates, which in turn reduces erosion, runoff, and flooding potential. In addition, healthy soils maintain seed and provide habitat for diverse microbes. Urban soils can also potentially sequester large amounts of organic carbon. Strategies:
188
•
Restore soil health by importing suitable topsoil from the least harmful local sources, add organic material and minimizing compaction during and after construction.
•
Eliminate the use of chemicals harmful to human and ecosystem health.
•
Balance cut and fill to the extent possible minimizing import of soil.
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
temporary sites Sites that are planned for future building projects but have not been designed for public use or areas that have been disturbed by construction projects are ideal candidates for short-term meadows demonstration projects. Meadows can stabilize areas disturbed by construction, help to slow and infiltrate storm water and provide year-round beauty and habitat.
designing with light and respecting darkness
Environmentally responsible site lighting balances legitimate concerns for safety, with a desire to provide night sky visibility, thus maintaining the daily cycle of night and day, which is vital for human and wildlife health. Strategies: •
Establish the minimum illumination levels necessary for safety. Utilize site and exterior lighting which only illuminates areas as required for safety and comfort. Do not exceed 80 percent of the lighting power densities for exterior areas and 50 percent for building facades and landscape features as defined in ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004.
•
Utilize energy efficient and full cut-off lighting fixtures in public and private open spaces.
•
Eliminate direct glare by hiding the light source within the light fixture body and Install light fixtures to cast illumination over pedestrian and vehicular pathways.
•
Utilize energy efficient and full cut-off lighting fixtures in public and private open spaces and use solar power where possible.
•
Select fixtures for which low or zero mercury content lamps are available.
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
Landscape lighting can extend the use of outdoor space into the evening hours and contributes to user safety. Excessive lighting does not create a safer campus and can cause direct damage to plants and wildlife. Lighting helps define the character of the site at night. Frequently in the name of safety, however, streets and open spaces are over lit, resulting in high energy consumption, light spillover and the masking of the night sky. Over lighting an area can create light glare and numerous dark spots, making it harder to navigate at night. Most animals and plants have seasonal or daily rhythms that are regulated by patterns of darkness and light, and excessive lighting can disrupt these patterns. Plant biology is strongly affected by light influences when plants bloom, leaf out and when they drop their leaves. Growing under excessive light conditions can confuse a plant’s biology.
managing storm water Increased storm-water runoff from developed areas is one of the most pervasive problems of an urbanizing world. Throughout developed landscapes, whether urban or suburban, a major shift in natural hydrology is taking place. Water that previously infiltrated the soil now runs off impervious surfaces such as asphalt, and even turf, and fails to replenish groundwater. This essential moisture, which would have normally nurtured plants and recharged ground water, is lost. As groundwater levels drop, local streams that once ran year-round suffer from extremes of dryness or flooding as their sustaining base flow diminishes. Diminished groundwater levels also severely affect vegetation –– many species, from the plants in the Campus landscape to the trees in adjacent woodlands, decline in continued lowered water table conditions. While the opportunity exists to capture storm-water runoff and allow it to infiltrate the soil mantle, the conventional approach has been to treat the runoff as a drainage problem and to “solve” the problem with engineering. Drainage engineering structures such as inlets, pipes, culverts, and detention basins are built to carry excess water from a site as quickly as possible, usually shunting it to the nearest stream via a storm sewer. The resulting pulse of excess water causes flooding, erosion and sedimentation in downstream channels. These heavily engineered solutions are expensive, require a lot of maintenance, remove natural habitat, are usually unattractive, and ultimately not sustainable. Storm-water management is best addressed over an entire watershed. The simplest approach usually is to seek multiple solutions at different points, rather than a single cure-all at the point of discharge. A successful approach treats all water, including wastewater, as a resource –– not as a problem –– and manages it as a crucial component of the larger water system. For the UWI Landscape, sustainable alternatives to conventional storm-water management would be based on models that replicate the natural hydrologic cycle, infiltrating water into the soil and directing surface flow through stabilized vegetated swales. •
Recharge Beds Recharge beds are storage basins that store runoff from a developed site until it can soak down into the soil mantle beneath it. They also mitigate any increase in the one-hundred-year storm peak flow rate—meeting current regulatory criteria. The greatest advantage of using recharge beds is that they can be located underneath large areas of paving. This is an economical use of the land where the same area provides both parking and stormwater management.
•
Infiltration Trenches Infiltration trenches are usually long, thin channels (often two- to three-feet deep) filled with course aggregate that encourages infiltration. They are generally located on the downhill side of any type of pavement such as roadways, driveways and walkways. These trenches can also be located in traditional drainage systems to reduce the volume of water that reaches a manhole. They convey water through a perforated pipe that infiltrates runoff along the way.
•
Surface Vegetated Swales Surface swales are flow pathways that mimic the vegetated drainage channels that occur naturally. They will be used in combination with recharged beds, or in areas where the soil structure will not allow infiltration. Design strategies that will increase the efficiency of vegetated swales includes reinforcing the channel bottom with biodegradable materials, such as coconut matting and large natural stones, meander the swale to lengthen its journey, provide check dams to slow the water create small basins to hold sediment, and to plant the swales with deep-rooted woody native plants. Planting provides biofiltration and encourages infiltration through the root channels. All these design approaches slow water, which promotes infiltration.
•
Cisterns A cistern is a sub-surface structure for storm-water storage. A successful long-term ecological and economical approach treats the water as a resource and manages it as a crucial component of the larger water system. Rainfall runoff from impervious surfaces such as building rooftops will be stored in storage structures to provide water for irrigation.
•
Roof Gardens Green roofs are an innovative storm-water management solution that can simultaneously improve the energy performance of buildings, increase green space in an urban area, improve air quality and enhance wildlife habitats, all without taking up additional land.
•
There are two different types of green roofs: intensive and extensive. Intensive green roofs require a minimum of one foot of soil depth to create a roof garden with large trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants. The intensive roof garden is a multi-layer construction with elaborate irrigation and drainage systems. Intensive green roofs add considerable load (from 80 to 150 lbs per square foot) to a structure and require intensive maintenance. These roof gardens are typically designed as open space, to be used by visitors.
•
In contrast, extensive green roofs range from as little as one to five inches in soil depth. Depending on the soil depth and type of substrate, loads can vary from 15-50 lbs per square foot. Extensive green roofs are not usually designed for public use, but can be accessed for routine maintenance, generally performed once per year. Extensive green roofs are primarily built for their environmental benefits only.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
189
Existing Canopy Parkland Canopy Increase / Enhancements Multi-layer Forest Surface Detention / Retention Detention Basin Shallow Detention Basin in Lawn Cistern Storage (10% of new building roof runoff stored in above ground cisterns)
Swales Bio-swales & Rain Gardens
190
(20% of new building roof runoff
to rain gardens) THE UNIVERSITY OFdiverted THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Vegetated Urban Swale
proposed storm water best management practices (bmp’s) for flood control Small-scale projects with the potential to capture and divert existing runoff into landscape features designed for storage, reuse, and infiltration can tremendously help with alleviating some of the localized flooding issues. Strategically sited, these storm-water features could be structural elements discretely added into existing pavement or storm drain systems. Alternatively, they could be integrated into planting areas which also provides screening and other aesthetic benefits to the campus. These Storm-water Best Management Practices (BMPs) can be designed to manage all storm water generated on the Campus and can have the added benefit of providing essential ecosystem functions.
•
Match storm-water runoff volumes and rate to meet or exceed existing conditions
•
Mitigate storm runoff generated from 25-year storm for 20-year growth projections within the Campus
•
Improve storm-water quality as it flows through the Campus
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
When selecting and siting BMP’s, long-term maintenance as well as their effectiveness in dealing with first flush runoff should be considered. The first flush runoff is the runoff from the first one inch of precipitation, which is generally the portion of the runoff with the highest concentrations of the most conventional non point source contaminants. BMPs like rain gardens, green roofs, cisterns, shallow detention basins, bio-filtration swales, and pervious pavement can be integrated into site and landscape design. These will also help to reduce some of the storage volumes required for storm-water runoff on the site.
parkland landscape
managed multi-layer woodland planting
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
191
Existing Canopy Parkland Canopy Increase / Enhancements Multi-layer Forest Surface Detention / Retention Detention Basin Shallow Detention Basin in Lawn Cistern Storage (10% of new building roof runoff stored in above ground cisterns)
Swales Bio-swales & Rain Gardens (20% of new building roof runoff diverted to rain gardens)
Vegetated Urban Swale
192
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
Shallow detention in lawn / cistern storage
Bio-swales
Vegetated Urban swales
Rain gardens
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
193
Primary Pedestrian Circulation Seconday Pedestrian Circulation Traffic Calming
194
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
proposed circulation strategies •
Consistency of material and dimensions along circulation routes also helps to weave together different landscape characters of the Campus into a cohesive image. The illustrations on the left show how materials correlate with path widths to convey the place of the path within the circulation hierarchy.
•
Asphalt can be used as the primary walkway material. Special accent materials - concrete, brick and granite unit pavers with granite block edgings and bands can help to articulate walkways and indicate building entrances and plazas.
•
It is recommended that the primary walkway be four meters wide and constructed with unit pavers. This walkway will function as the main crosscampus connection.
•
It is recommended that the secondary walks can be three meters wide constructed using unit pavers or asphalt with unit paver accents. In some cases this can replace existing service roads.
•
It is recommended that the tertiary walks and sidewalks be constructed of asphalt with edgings and bands as shown in the drawings.
•
Multiple traffic calming techniques like raised tables in conjunction with surface treatments should extend across the street at pedestrian crossings.
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
Primary walk / emergency access - 4m wide
Secondary walk - 3m wide
Tertiary walk - 2m wide
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
195
196
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
proposed tgr r.o.w. at western edge - north option 1
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
197
198
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
proposed tgr r.o.w. at western edge - north option 2
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
199
200
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
LANDSCAPE CONTEXT GUIDELINES
proposed tgr r.o.w. at western edge - south
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
201
transportation transportation guidelines
recommendations for transportation improvements (This appendix supplements the transportation information in the main body of the report which should also be consulted.)
Roads and Traffic 1.
Implement improvements at the North and South gates to reduce traffic delays, including constructing roundabouts at the intersections with Agostini Street and Watts Street. These improvements have been assessed in the past and designs are being refined.
2.
Liaise with the Ministry for Works and Transport to construct a new road, in conjunction with a critically needed storm water conveyance, along the western edge of the campus using the vacant Trinidad Government Railroad (TGR) right-of-way to provide a needed new connection between Eastern Main Road and Churchill Roosevelt Highway. Meetings on this issue have been held with Ministry staff, and a letter requesting that the Ministry undertake this project has been submitted by the University. This will benefit primarily the public but also reduce cut through traffic on the campus. The new road also would be used by feeder buses that will serve a TRRTS rail station that is planned at the southern entrance to UWI. The TGR rail corridor, which is up to about 22 meters wide, but as narrow as 19 meters or less in places (i.e., approximately 73 to 63 feet), extends from the Priority Bus Route (PBR) in the north to and across the CRH to the south. A portion of the corridor is used by UWI for student parking, and the remainder is generally vacant. In some locations gardens have been planted or minor, low cost structures built over time. There appears to be sufficient width to accommodate a two/four-lane public road on its west side, leaving sufficient width for new storm-water management features between the road and the UWI boundary. At the northern end where the corridor is used for student parking, the new road can be combined with the existing two-lane Evans Street (which runs along the western edge of the northern portion of the rail right-of-way) to create a new four-lane road. A landscaped median could be incorporated into the road, as well as upgrading the existing sidewalk on the west side of Evans. Additional studies are needed to determine how the road (as well as a busway) would terminate at both ends.
3.
Liaise with the Ministry for Works and Transport to close Agostini Street/St. Augustine Circular, between Tunapuna River to the east, and Evans Street to the west. This street cuts through the campus in a roughly east-west orientation. Meetings on this issue have been held with Ministry staff, and a letter requesting that the Ministry approve this closure has been submitted by the University. On the east side of the campus it provides access to and from CRH, while the west end connects to Evans Street and indirectly the EMR. Most of the street has no sidewalks. The University has facilities on both sides of much of the street, with plans for significant expansion across the street to the east, resulting in large numbers of pedestrians crossing or walking a road that carries heavy traffic volumes in the morning and afternoon peak periods. In fact, the University has begun construction of a new major academic building on the east side of the street that will result in even heavier pedestrian movements across and along street in the very near future. The ultimate plans for expansion will place Agostini Street/St. Augustine Circular in the center of the future campus, creating a major pedestrian safety problem and detracting from the pedestrian oriented goals for the campus. In the future the entire length of Agostini Street will be completely within the campus.
If the street cannot be closed to the public, the following modifications are recommended: •
Gateway features at both ends (i.e., both edges of the campus) to convey to motorists the message that they are entering the campus environment. The intent would be to give the impression that it is a campus street (i.e., “private”) that the public is allowed to use.
•
Additional speed bumps to further slow down traffic and discourage the public from using the road.
•
Sidewalks on at least one side of the street, separated from the road by a planting strip.
•
Highly visible, raised crosswalks at the proposed east-west pedestrian paths.
•
Street lighting.
4. Ultimately, as the campus expands east towards Tunapuna River, request that the Ministry for Works and Transport approve a new vehicular crossing of the PBR at the north end of Pasea Road to connect to the Eastern Main Rd at St. John Road. This will provide an alternative route to Agostini Street/St. Augustine Circular once it is closed to the public, as well as improved access to North Campus. 5. Ensure that as the TRRTS project moves forward that proposed changes to the road system not only do not exacerbate traffic congestion around the campus but improve conditions. Substantial modifications to the road system are being contemplated. Some specific issues are connections to a future road in the TGR, upgrading of Watts Street, and maintaining the existing connection of the east end of Watts to Streatham Lodge Road for local traffic circulation. 6. As internal campus roads are closed, ensure that access for emergency vehicles, service and delivery vehicles, and persons with mobility disabilities is provided.
204
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Parking
1.
Remove internal parking lots as indicated in the Master Plan to enhance the pedestrian environment, reduce traffic, and improve the beauty of the campus.
2.
Accommodate any significant new parking on Main or North Campus in parking garages. Potential locations are shown in the Master Plan. The final planning and design of the garages and their access should avoid conflicts with pedestrians.
3.
Given the high cost, land constraints, and traffic impacts of parking, limit the amount of future parking on both campuses.
4.
To minimize parking on Main Campus, construct park-and-ride lots on the Mt Hope and Orange Grove properties.
5.
Introduce parking fees for Main and North Campus to offset the cost of future parking construction, subsidize improved shuttle services, and encourage commuters to use alternative ways of traveling to campus (e.g., TRRTS).
6.
Create parking zones and issue permits that are valid only in specific zones.
7.
Restrict the number of permits issued for a zone to ensure that all permitted users have a reasonable chance of finding a parking space at peak times without having to circulate excessively from lot to lot.
8.
Strictly enforce parking regulations to provide a better service to legitimate users with permits.
Transit 1.
Continue to actively support and participate in the planning of the rapid rail system (TRRTS) which includes a UWI station and will dramatically improve access to the campus.
2.
Revise the UWI shuttle routes in concert with the road and parking changes proposed in the Master Plan.
3.
Improve the shuttle service between Main and North Campus for students and employees, including a shuttle service directly between the future rail station and North Campus. One improvement is the conversion of one of the streets connecting the two campuses to a transitway/pedestrian/bicycle mall (see Pedestrians).
4.
Ultimately, as the campus becomes more walkable, eliminate shuttle routes that serve only Main Campus (e.g., the shuttle to the student parking lot in the TGR).
5.
Use transit to alleviate parking pressures on Main Campus by building park-and-ride lots (see Parking).
6.
Request permission from the Ministry for Works and Transport for UWI buses to use the Priority Bus Route that runs along the northern edge of the campus. UWI now runs shuttle buses to its Mt. Hope Campus, as well as Tunapuna to the east. The buses now use public roads and are often caught up in congestion. Efficient and reliable transit connections to these locations are critical to move staff and students between campuses during the day and bring students to the campus. As the campus grows, these services will become even more critical, and using the PBR will save considerable time for both bus routes.
7.
Provide shelters and lighting at all UWI shuttle stops. At stops where security is concern, provide emergency call boxes.
8.
Employ new GPS and communications technology to provide real-time bus location and schedule information to riders.
9.
Publish all UWI bus route and schedule information on the UWI Web site.
OBJECTIVES TRANSPORTATION + DRIVERS
Student growth and displacement of parking lots for new buildings and open space improvements could result in a need for over 2,000 spaces within the next 15 to 20 years. Most of this parking will have to be in parking structures. Given the high cost of parking garages and limited land availability, the University should employ various strategies to address this need.
10. Provide links to other island public transport services on the Web site. 11. Investigate the feasibility of implementing safe and reliable express services for students and employees living in outlying towns on the island. Service options include contracted service and vanpools. 12. Initiate, on a trial basis, a shuttle service to neighborhoods on the south side of CRH. 13. Continue and expand the night door-to-door service for students living in nearby neighborhoods.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
205
Pedestrians 1.
Over time, close intersection roads and remove selected parking lots to create a more pedestrian friendly campus.
2.
Undertake a series of improvements to enhance connections for all modes, with particular emphasis on pedestrians, bikes, and buses, between the Main and North Campuses. These are illustrated in the Master Plan and include: •
Creating a safe and pleasant pedestrian/bike corridor along or adjacent to Austin Street in association with the potential residential project being considered on property bordering the west side of the street. The pedestrian/bike facility should be designed in conjunction with the housing to maximize safety and amenity.
•
Constructing a new grade-separated pedestrian crossing of the PBR as a continuation of Austin Street, in conjunction with this new pedestrian corridor. A review of the area between Austin and the Main Campus indicates this is feasible and would greatly enhance movement between the two campuses.
•
Converting McCarthy Street to a transit/pedestrian only road. This road provides a direct route between the two campuses, as the only grade-separated crossing (a tunnel) of the PBR between the two campuses is on University Drive (the location of the North Gate), which is in almost direct line with McCarthy. No general traffic except for residents, businesses or others requiring access to properties along the street would be allowed. The transit/pedestrian way could begin approximately 50 metres north of EMR to enable unrestricted access to properties at the south end of the street. By covering the open drains there will be sufficient street width for shuttles to run in both directions, with bikes safely sharing the pavement, and a generous sidewalk for the benefit of the community and UWI staff and students.
University shuttles cannot clear the PBR tunnel and would have two options for connecting to Main Campus:
a. Continuing to divert to the PBR crossing at Scott Street (500 metres west of McCarthy).
b. Allowing shuttle buses (but no other vehicles) to cross (and enter for buses heading to destinations other than North Campus) the PBR at-grade at the existing PBR stop/signalized crossing near the main pedestrian gate (at the north end of Wooding Drive). This will probably require the purchase of some land on the west side of the short dead-end section of street between the PBR and EMR, but this appears feasible.
In conjunction with this improvement, a new pedestrian overpass at the PBR should be installed to improve safety. Even though the existing crossing is controlled by a traffic light, many pedestrians (both bus and Maxi-Taxi riders as well pedestrians simply crossing) ignore the red light. This is a very dangerous situation and fatalities have occurred. On the south side the overpass can connect and be designed as an integral part of the student union that is proposed for directly south of this location. •
If 2b above is pursued, an alternative to using McCarthy as a transitway is for shuttle buses to use Wilson Street, which could be converted to a transit/ pedestrian way as described above for McCarthy. Another option, though less preferable, would be to convert Wilson and Deane Streets or Wilson and Austin to one-way streets. Converting the streets to one-way, in conjunction with covering the open drains, would allow wide sidewalks to be installed. In either case it appears preferable (subject to a more detailed traffic study) for Wilson to operate northbound, with either Deane or Austin running in the opposite direction. Wilson is now restricted to one-way northbound at the beginning and end of the school day; however, it is clogged with vehicles dropping or picking up students. There is vacant land available towards the northern end of the street to create a more formal and safer off-street drop-off/pick-up area (common at many schools in the US), thus removing congestion from the street. An off-street area could also be accessed from Austin or Deane to allow Wilson to operate as a permanent transitway. However, removing the parking off-street alone would enable Wilson to better accommodate transit, pedestrians, and bikes, whether as a transitway (with parents permitted at certain times of the day), or a two-way or one-way street. For example, by covering the drains, the road could be converted to two traffic lanes (two-way or one-way) plus a three-metre wide pedestrian path.
3. Improve pedestrian safety at the main crossing of the Priority Bus Route (PBR). While the PBR is an invaluable transit corridor, it is a major barrier between the two campuses and, in places, a safety hazard for pedestrians. Pedestrian fatalities have occurred at the heavily utilized signalized pedestrian crossing between Deane and Wilson Streets, where large numbers of UWI students and staff either catch maxi taxis or Public Transportation Service Corporation (PTSC) buses, or simply cross the PBR. It is recommended that either all vehicles on the PBR stop at this location, or a crossing guard be stationed there to prevent pedestrians from crossing against a red light. 4. Given the potential for a new pedestrian link between Main and North Campuses along the Austin Street corridor, consider a grade-separated crossing as a southerly pedestrian path continuation of Austin Street into the Main Campus expansion to the east. 5. Work with the Ministry for Works and Transport and the Tunapuna/Piarco Regional Corporation to make pedestrian improvements in the vicinity of the campus (e.g., cover open drains to create sidewalks).
206
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES, ST. AUGUSTINE, TRINIDAD & TOBAGO
Bicycles 1.
Promote cycling as a means of traveling to campus and around campus by providing bike parking: Initially provide some bicycle parking at strategic locations, and then expand as demand warrants. Where possible, provide covered bicycle parking for weather protection. It could also be provided in breezeways, overhangs, or other exterior covered areas. Campus parking decks should have a designated and protected area for bicycle parking, providing longer-term storage options and allowing people who commute by car to retrieve their bicycle and ride around campus.
2.
Provide other amenities to encourage bicycle use to and on campus. New buildings should incorporate shower and locker facilities, to allow bicyclists the option of cleaning up after traveling to work.
3.
Install a comprehensive and unified wayfinding and signage programme to direct bicyclists around campus and promote bicycle safety. A consistent signage programme will make bicycle movements more predictable and increase safety for bicyclists, pedestrians, and motorists alike.
4.
Conduct a promotion and education campaign. In addition to infrastructure improvements for bicycles, it is important to improve the information available for bicyclists, and to inform the campus community and general public about bicyclistsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; rights, rules of the road, and general safety.
5.
Develop and distribute a campus bicycle map. The bicycle map should show bicycle routes to, around, and between each of the campuses. It should also indicate where amenities for bicyclists are located, such as bicycle stations, covered or long-term bicycle parking, and other helpful information for bicycle commuters.
6.
Work with the Ministry for Works and Transport and the Tunapuna/Piarco Regional Corporation to make improvements in the vicinity of the campus that will improve the safety of cycling to campus.
Travel Demand Management (A well-designed and executed travel demand management (TDM) programme can reduce parking needs and traffic, as well as provide a broader range of commuting options for students and employees. However, for a programme to be successful, it must have the endorsement and commitment of the University administration, and the necessary resources). 1.
Initiate a TDM programme to promote the use of alternatives to driving to campus. This can include providing information, as brochures and other hard copy materials at locations around the campus and on the website, that describe what the options are (rail, bus, carpooling, cycling, etc.) and how to access them.
2.
Provide incentives to try and use these alternatives. These can include subsidized or free rail or bus passes, priority parking for carpools and vanpools, a limited number of parking permits for participants to use when they need to bring their car (10 per semester is common in some programmes), a guaranteed ride home programme, an association or â&#x20AC;&#x153;clubâ&#x20AC;? for participants, and prizes and special offers for participants.
3.
Implement an internet-based ride-sharing programme for interested persons to find others who live near them to carpool or vanpool.
4.
Partner with public transport agencies and other employers in the area to strengthen and expand the programme.
OBJECTIVES TRANSPORTATION + DRIVERS
Bicycle lockers also provide long-term storage and excellent weather and theft protection.
Administrative 1.
Hire a transport manager to plan and oversee transportation improvements, the parking system, and shuttle services. Transport issues affect the functioning and quality of the campus, and warrant the creation of a new position. This person would also be responsible for liaising with outside agencies that have transport responsibilities.
2.
Work closely and develop ongoing communications with the Ministry for Works and Transport and the Tunapuna/Piarco Regional Corporation in pursuing transport improvements that affect the campus. By taking the lead on transport infrastructure improvements in St. Augustine, the University will be in the position of guiding future policy, management, and maintenance around UWI.
2008-2017 CAMPUS MASTER PLAN
207
2008-2017 campus master plan
hanbury evans wright vlattas
company